From 487177cbb85bc4e88e468c71b27569054b8df090 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Manoj Srivastava <srivasta@debian.org>
Date: Fri, 29 Jul 2016 17:19:37 -0700
Subject: Imported Upstream version 2.6.1

---
 build-aux/texinfo.tex | 10079 ------------------------------------------------
 1 file changed, 10079 deletions(-)
 delete mode 100644 build-aux/texinfo.tex

(limited to 'build-aux/texinfo.tex')

diff --git a/build-aux/texinfo.tex b/build-aux/texinfo.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 85f184c..0000000
--- a/build-aux/texinfo.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10079 +0,0 @@
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-% 
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{2013-02-01.11}
-%
-% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
-% License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
-% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
-%
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-%   http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
-%   http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
-%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.  Please include including a
-% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
-% problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For a simple
-% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   texindex foo.??
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   dvips foo.dvi -o  # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
-% extent.  You can get the existing language-specific files from the
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
-  \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexplus=+
-\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptext=\t
-\let\ptextop=\top
-{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
-  \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
-  \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putworderror\undefined     \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordin\undefined        \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined       \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined   \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined   \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
-\ifx\putwordof\undefined        \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined        \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined      \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined   \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined   \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined       \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined       \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined  \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined       \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-
-% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
-
-% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
-\chardef\ampChar   = `\&
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
-\chardef\dashChar  = `\-
-\chardef\dotChar   = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\hashChar  = `\#
-\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
-\chardef\semiChar  = `\;
-\chardef\slashChar = `\/
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{
-  Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
-  ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
-  data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
-  man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
-  par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
-  spell-ing spell-ings
-  stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
-  wide-spread wrap-around
-}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
-  \tracingstats2
-  \tracingpages1
-  \tracinglostchars2  % 2 gives us more in etex
-  \tracingparagraphs1
-  \tracingoutput1
-  \tracingmacros2
-  \tracingrestores1
-  \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
-  \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
-    \tracingscantokens1
-    \tracingifs1
-    \tracinggroups1
-    \tracingnesting2
-    \tracingassigns1
-  \fi
-  \tracingcommands3  % 3 gives us more in etex
-  \errorcontextlines16
-}%
-
-% @errormsg{MSG}.  Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
-% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
-% after all.
-% 
-\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
-\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
-
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
-%
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
-%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong  \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
-% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
-% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
-%
-% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
-% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
-%
-% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
-% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
-% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.  The solution is
-% described on page 260 of The TeXbook.  It involves outputting two
-% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
-% one after.  I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
-\def\domark{%
-  \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
-  \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
-  \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
-  \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
-  \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
-  \mark{%
-                   \the\toks0 \the\toks2
-      \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
-    \noexpand\else \the\toks8
-  }%
-}
-% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
-% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
-% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
-% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
-% first @chapter.
-\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
-  \ifcase0\topmark\fi
-  \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
-}
-\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
-\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
-
-% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
-\def\lastchapterdefs{}
-\def\lastsectiondefs{}
-\def\prevchapterdefs{}
-\def\prevsectiondefs{}
-\def\lastcolordefs{}
-
-% Main output routine.
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
-\def\onepageout#1{%
-  \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
-  %
-  \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
-  \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
-  %
-  % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
-  % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
-  \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
-  \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
-  \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
-  \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
-  %
-  {%
-    % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
-    % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
-    % before the \shipout runs.
-    %
-    \indexdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
-    \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
-               % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
-               % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
-               % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
-               % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
-               % it needs to be
-               % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
-    \shipout\vbox{%
-      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
-      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
-      %
-      \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
-        \hsize = \outerhsize
-        \vskip-\topandbottommargin
-        \vtop to0pt{%
-          \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
-          \nointerlineskip
-          \line{%
-            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
-            \hfill
-            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
-          }%
-          \vss}%
-        \vskip\topandbottommargin
-        \line\bgroup
-          \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
-          \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
-          \vbox\bgroup
-      \fi
-      %
-      \unvbox\headlinebox
-      \pagebody{#1}%
-      \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
-        % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
-        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
-        % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
-        \vskip 24pt
-        \unvbox\footlinebox
-      \fi
-      %
-      \ifcropmarks
-          \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
-        \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
-        \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
-        \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
-        \vbox to0pt{\vss
-          \line{%
-            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-            \hfill
-            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-          }%
-          \nointerlineskip
-          \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
-        }%
-      \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
-      \fi
-    }% end of \shipout\vbox
-  }% end of group with \indexdummies
-  \advancepageno
-  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
-  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-%
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
-  \def\argtorun{#2}%
-  \begingroup
-    \obeylines
-    \spaceisspace
-    #1%
-    \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
-
-{\obeylines %
-  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
-    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
-    \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
-  }%
-}
-
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-
-% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
-%    @end itemize  @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
-% by \finishparsearg.
-%
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
-  \def\temp{#3}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty
-    % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
-    \let\temp\finishparsearg
-  \else
-    \let\temp\argcheckspaces
-  \fi
-  % Put the space token in:
-  \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
-
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
-% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
-
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-%	is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick.  --kasal, 16nov03
-
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
-  \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
-  \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
-  \def#1##1%
-}
-
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
-  \obeyspaces
-  \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-
-  % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-  % space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-  % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-  % should produce a line of output anyway.
-  %
-  \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-
-  % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-  % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-  % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-  \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex.  It's used like this:
-%
-%   \envdef\foo{...}
-%   \def\Efoo{...}
-%
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo.  \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches.  The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-%
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group.  (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-
-
-% At run-time, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\thisenv\temp
-  \else
-    \badenverr
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
-  \errhelp = \EMsimple
-  \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
-    not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
-  \ifx#1\empty
-    outside of any environment%
-  \else
-    in environment \expandafter\string#1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
-%
-\parseargdef\end{%
-  \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
-  \else
-    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
-    \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
-    \csname E#1\endcsname
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @frenchspacing on|off  says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
-%
-\def\onword{on}
-\def\offword{off}
-%
-\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large.  This can
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
-% does not have much material.  In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom.  The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
-  \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
-    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
-    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
-  \fi
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
-    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
-    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
-    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
-    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
-    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
-    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
-    \comment
-}
-%
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it.  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above.  But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
-    % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
-    % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
-    \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
-    \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
-  \egroup           % End the \vtop.
-  % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
-  \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
-  % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
-  \dimen2 = \pageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
-  % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
-  % group, force a page break.
-  \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
-    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
-      \page
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \box\groupbox
-  \prevdepth = \dimen1
-  \checkinserts
-}
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
-
-\parseargdef\need{%
-  % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
-  % paragraph.
-  \par
-  %
-  % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
-  \dimen0 = #1\mil
-  \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
-  \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
-  \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
-    %
-    % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
-    % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
-    % And a page break here is fine.
-    \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
-    %
-    % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
-    % main vertical list is 10000 or more.  But in order to see if the
-    % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
-    % page breaks.  On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
-    % page after the empty box.  So we use a penalty of 9999.
-    %
-    % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
-    % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
-    % sight.  (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
-    % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
-    % good page breaking, for example.)  However, I could not construct an
-    % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
-    % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
-    \penalty9999
-    %
-    % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
-    \kern -#1\mil
-    %
-    % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
-    \nobreak
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @br   forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-  \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.  Not documented, written for gawk manual.
-%
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
-  \nobreak
-  \kern-\strutdepth
-  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
-    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
-    \vss
-    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
-    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
-    \ifx#1l%
-      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
-    \else
-      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
-    \fi
-    \null
-  }%
-}}
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
-    \def\righttext{#2}%
-  \else
-    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
-    \def\righttext{#1}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifodd\pageno
-    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
-  \else
-    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
-  \fi
-  \temp
-}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
-% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).  This command
-% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work.
-%
-\def\|{%
-  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-  \leavevmode
-  %
-  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-  \vadjust{%
-    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
-    \vskip-\baselineskip
-    %
-    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
-    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-    \llap{%
-      %
-      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-      %
-      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
-      \hskip 12pt
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-
-% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
-  \pushthisfilestack
-  \def\thisfile{#1}%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable  % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
-    \turnoffactive        % and allow special characters in the expansion
-    \indexnofonts         % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
-    \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
-    \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
-    %
-    % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
-    % definitions, etc.
-    \expandafter
-  }\temp
-  \popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  \catcode`~=\other
-  \catcode`^=\other
-  \catcode`_=\other
-  \catcode`|=\other
-  \catcode`<=\other
-  \catcode`>=\other
-  \catcode`+=\other
-  \catcode`-=\other
-  \catcode`\`=\other
-  \catcode`\'=\other
-}
-
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
-  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
-  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
-  \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
-  the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-%
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
-\parseargdef\center{%
-  \ifhmode
-    \let\centersub\centerH
-  \else
-    \let\centersub\centerV
-  \fi
-  \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
-  \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
-}
-\def\centerH#1{{%
-  \hfil\break
-  \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-  \line{#1}%
-  \break
-}}
-%
-\newcount\centerpenalty
-\def\centerV#1{%
-  % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
-  % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
-  % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
-  % prevent a page break here.
-  \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
-  \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
-  \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
-  \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
-}
-
-% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
-%
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
-%
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-%
-\let\c=\comment
-
-% @paragraphindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
-\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
-\def\noneword{none}
-%
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\asisword
-  \else
-    \ifx\temp\noneword
-      \defaultparindent = 0pt
-    \else
-      \defaultparindent = #1em
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \parindent = \defaultparindent
-}
-
-% @exampleindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
-% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
-% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\asisword
-  \else
-    \ifx\temp\noneword
-      \lispnarrowing = 0pt
-    \else
-      \lispnarrowing = #1em
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\noneword
-    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
-  \else\ifx\temp\insertword
-    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation.  Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
-  \gdef\indent{%
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-    \indent
-  }%
-  \gdef\noindent{%
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-    \noindent
-  }%
-  \global\everypar = {%
-    \kern -\parindent
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-  }%
-}
-
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
-  \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
-  \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
-  \global \everypar = {}%
-}
-
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
-   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
-   \iflinks
-     \tryauxfile
-     % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
-     \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
-   \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
-   \openindices
-   \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
-   %
-   % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
-   % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
-   \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
-   \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
-   \closein 1
-   %
-   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
-  \newindex{cp}%
-  \newcodeindex{fn}%
-  \newcodeindex{vr}%
-  \newcodeindex{tp}%
-  \newcodeindex{ky}%
-  \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{pdf,}
-% adobe `portable' document format
-\newcount\tempnum
-\newcount\lnkcount
-\newtoks\filename
-\newcount\filenamelength
-\newcount\pgn
-\newtoks\toksA
-\newtoks\toksB
-\newtoks\toksC
-\newtoks\toksD
-\newbox\boxA
-\newcount\countA
-\newif\ifpdf
-\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-
-% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
-\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
-\else
-  \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
-  \else
-    \ifcase\pdfoutput
-    \else
-      \pdftrue
-    \fi
-  \fi
-\fi
-
-% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
-% for display in the outlines, and in other places.  Thus, we have to
-% double any backslashes.  Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
-% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e.  Not good.
-% 
-% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
-% related messages.  The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
-% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
-% that's what we do.  pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
-% do this reliably, so we use it.
-
-% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
-% which we \xdef.
-\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
-  \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
-    % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
-    % Many times it won't matter.
-  \else
-    % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
-    % backslashes, and other special chars.
-    \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
-with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found.  (.eps cannot
-be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
-output) for that.)}
-
-\ifpdf
-  %
-  % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex,
-  % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
-  % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
-  % of actual black.
-  \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
-  \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
-  %
-  % k sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
-  % K sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
-  \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg  #1 RG}}
-  %
-  % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
-  % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
-  \def\setcolor#1{%
-    \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
-    \domark
-    \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
-  }
-  %
-  \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
-  \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
-  \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
-  \def\lastcolordefs{}
-  %
-  \def\makefootline{%
-    \baselineskip24pt
-    \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
-  }
-  %
-  \def\makeheadline{%
-    \vbox to 0pt{%
-      \vskip-22.5pt
-      \line{%
-        \vbox to8.5pt{}%
-        % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
-        \getcolormarks
-        % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
-        \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
-      }%
-      \vss
-    }%
-    \nointerlineskip
-  }
-  %
-  %
-  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
-  %
-  % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
-  \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
-    \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-    %
-    % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
-    % others).  Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
-    % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
-    % bitmap.
-    \let\pdfimgext=\empty
-    \begingroup
-      \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
-        \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
-          \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
-            \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
-              \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
-                \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
-                  \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
-                  \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
-                \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
-                \fi
-              \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
-              \fi
-            \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
-            \fi
-          \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
-          \fi
-        \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
-        \fi
-      \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
-      \fi
-      \closein 1
-    \endgroup
-    %
-    % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
-    % included twice.  (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
-    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-      \immediate\pdfimage
-    \else
-      \immediate\pdfximage
-    \fi
-      \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
-      \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
-      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
-         #1.\pdfimgext
-       \else
-         {#1.\pdfimgext}%
-       \fi
-    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
-      \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
-    \fi}
-  %
-  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
-    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
-    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
-    \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
-    \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
-  }}
-  %
-  % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
-  \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
-  %
-  % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
-  % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
-  \def\urlcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
-  \def\linkcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
-  \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
-  %
-  % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
-  % come from Petr Olsak
-  \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
-    \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
-  \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
-    \advance\tempnum by 1
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
-  %
-  % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
-  % outline by the pdf viewer.  #2 is the pdf expression for the number
-  % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections).  #3 is the node text,
-  % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
-  % #4 is the page number
-  %
-  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
-    % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
-    % page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
-    % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
-    % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
-    \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-    \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
-      \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
-    \else
-      \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Also escape PDF chars in the display string.
-    \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
-    \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
-    %
-    \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
-  }
-  %
-  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
-    \begingroup
-      % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
-      \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
-      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
-	\def\thissecnum{0}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
-	\def\thissecnum{##2}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
-      }%
-      \def\thischapnum{0}%
-      \def\thissecnum{0}%
-      \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-      %
-      % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
-      % al. a second time, below.
-      \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
-      \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-      \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-      \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-      \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
-      \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-      \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-      \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-      \readdatafile{toc}%
-      %
-      % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
-      % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
-      % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
-      %
-      % We use the node names as the destinations.
-      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
-      %
-      % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
-      % document fonts.  Therefore we cannot use special characters,
-      % since the encoding is unknown.  For example, the eogonek from
-      % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
-      % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
-      %
-      % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
-      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Too
-      % much work for too little return.  Just use the ASCII equivalents
-      % we use for the index sort strings.
-      % 
-      \indexnofonts
-      \setupdatafile
-      % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
-      % Texinfo index files.  So set that up.
-      \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
-      \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
-      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
-      \input \tocreadfilename
-    \endgroup
-  }
-  {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
-   \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
-   \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
-   \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
-  ]
-  %
-  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
-    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
-    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
-      \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
-      \advance\filenamelength by 1
-    \fi
-    \nextsp}
-  \def\getfilename#1{%
-    \filenamelength=0
-    % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
-    % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
-    \edef\temp{#1}%
-    \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
-  }
-  \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-    \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
-  \else
-    \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
-  \fi
-  % make a live url in pdf output.
-  \def\pdfurl#1{%
-    \begingroup
-      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
-      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
-      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
-      % people have actually reported a problem with.
-      %
-      \normalturnoffactive
-      \def\@{@}%
-      \let\/=\empty
-      \makevalueexpandable
-      % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
-      % special-casing \var here?
-      \def\var##1{##1}%
-      %
-      \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
-      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-        user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
-    \endgroup}
-  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
-  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
-  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
-  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
-  \def\maketoks{%
-    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
-    \ifx\first0\adn0
-    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
-    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
-    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
-    \else
-      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
-      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
-        \let\next=\maketoks
-        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
-        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
-      \fi
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \next}
-  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
-    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
-  \def\pdflink#1{%
-    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
-    \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
-  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\else
-  % non-pdf mode
-  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
-  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
-  \let\endlink = \relax
-  \let\setcolor = \gobble
-  \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
-  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\fi  % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
-  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
-  \csname ten#1\endcsname  % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
-%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since
-% in those cases "rm" is bold.  Sigh.
-\def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
-\def\baselinefactor{1}
-%
-\newdimen\textleading
-\def\setleading#1{%
-  \dimen0 = #1\relax
-  \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
-  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
-  \normalbaselines
-  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
-    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
-                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
-  }%
-}
-
-% PDF CMaps.  See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
-%
-% do nothing with this by default.
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
-
-% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
-% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
-% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
-\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
-  \begingroup
-    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<23> <26> <0023>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-40 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
-    }\endgroup
-  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
-    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-  }%
-%
-% \cmapOT1IT
-  \begingroup
-    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1IT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<25> <26> <0025>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-42 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<23> <0023>
-<24> <00A3>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
-    }\endgroup
-  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
-    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-  }%
-%
-% \cmapOT1TT
-  \begingroup
-    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1TT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-5 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<21> <26> <0021>
-<28> <5F> <0028>
-<61> <7E> <0061>
-endbfrange
-32 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <2191>
-<0C> <2193>
-<0D> <0027>
-<0E> <00A1>
-<0F> <00BF>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<20> <2423>
-<27> <2019>
-<60> <2018>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
-    }\endgroup
-  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
-    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-  }%
-\fi\fi
-
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
-% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
-% Example:
-% #1 = \textrm
-% #2 = \rmshape
-% #3 = 10
-% #4 = \mainmagstep
-% #5 = OT1
-%
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
-  \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
-  \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
-}
-% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
-\let\cmap\gobble
-%
-% (end of cmaps)
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx}               % where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt.  (The default in Texinfo.)
-%
-\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
-\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1095}
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-\def\chapecsize{1728}
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\sececsize{1440}
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-\def\ssececsize{1200}
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-\def\reducedecsize{1000}
-
-\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
-\textfonts            % reset the current fonts
-\rm
-} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
-
-
-% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
-% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit.  This is for the GNU
-% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual.  Maybe other manuals in the
-% future.  Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
-%
-\def\definetextfontsizex{%
-% Text fonts (10pt).
-\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1000}
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
-
-% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\chapbf\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\chapecsize{1440}
-
-% Section fonts (12pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-\def\sececsize{1200}
-
-% Subsection fonts (10pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi10
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
-\def\ssececsize{1000}
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi9
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
-\def\reducedecsize{0900}
-
-\divide\parskip by 2  % reduce space between paragraphs
-\textleading = 12pt   % line spacing for 10pt CM
-\textfonts            % reset the current fonts
-\rm
-} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
-
-
-% We provide the user-level command
-%   @fonttextsize 10
-% (or 11) to redefine the text font size.  pt is assumed.
-%
-\def\xiword{11}
-\def\xword{10}
-\def\xwordpt{10pt}
-%
-\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
-  \def\textsizearg{#1}%
-  %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
-  %
-  % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
-  % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
-  %
- \begingroup \globaldefs=1
-  \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
-  \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
-  \else
-    \errhelp=\EMsimple
-    \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
-  \fi\fi
- \endgroup
-}
-
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
-  \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
-  \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
-  \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
-}
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
-%
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-%
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-%
-\def\textfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
-  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{text}%
-  \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
-  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
-  \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
-  \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
-  \def\curfontsize{title}%
-  \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
-  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{chap}%
-  \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
-  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{sec}%
-  \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
-  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
-  \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
-  \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
-  \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
-  \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
-  \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{small}%
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
-  \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}  % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-
-% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-
-% About \smallexamplefonts.  If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=86   smallbook=72  a4=90  a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=90+  smallbook=80  a4=90+  a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt.  So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-%   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
-% --karl, 24jan03.
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\definetextfontsizexi
-
-
-\message{markup,}
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Markup style infrastructure.  \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will
-% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes.
-% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost
-% style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles
-% currently in effect.
-\newif\ifmarkupvar
-\newif\ifmarkupsamp
-\newif\ifmarkupkey
-%\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp.
-%\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp.
-\newif\ifmarkupcode
-\newif\ifmarkupkbd
-%\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code.
-%\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code.
-\newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now).
-\newif\ifmarkupexample
-\newif\ifmarkupverb
-\newif\ifmarkupverbatim
-
-\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty
-
-\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{%
-  \csname markup#1true\endcsname
-  \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}%
-  \markupstylesetup
-}
-
-\let\markupstylesetup\empty
-
-\def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup
-    \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}%
-  \def#1%
-}
-
-% Markup style setup for left and right quotes.
-\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
-    \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
-  \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi
-}
-
-\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
-    \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
-  \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi
-}
-
-{
-\catcode`\'=\active
-\catcode`\`=\active
-
-\gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq}
-\gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq}
-
-\gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft}
-\gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright}
-}
-
-\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqkbd     \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqkbd     \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright
-%
-\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft
-\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright
-
-% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe
-% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d).
-% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it
-% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the
-% lilypond developers report.  xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
-%
-\def\codequoteright{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-      '%
-    \else \char'15 \fi
-  \else \char'15 \fi
-}
-%
-% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
-% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
-% the code environments to do likewise.
-%
-\def\codequoteleft{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-      % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-      % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
-      \relax`%
-    \else \char'22 \fi
-  \else \char'22 \fi
-}
-
-% Commands to set the quote options.
-% 
-\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
-      = t%
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
-      = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-%
-\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
-      = t%
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
-      = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
-\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Font commands.
-
-% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
-% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
-% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
-\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
-  \ifusingtt 
-    {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
-    {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
-  \next
-}
-\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
-\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
-
-% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following
-% character) is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitaliccorrection{%
-  \ifx\next,%
-  \else\ifx\next-%
-  \else\ifx\next.%
-  \else\ptexslash
-  \fi\fi\fi
-  \aftersmartic
-}
-
-% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic.  @var is set to this for defuns.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}}
-
-% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}
-
-\def\aftersmartic{}
-\def\var#1{%
-  \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
-  \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
-  \smartslanted{#1}%
-}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\slanted=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
-
-% @b, explicit bold.  Also @strong.
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% @sansserif, explicit sans.
-\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
-  \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
-    \sfcode\dotChar  =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
-    \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
-    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
-  }
-  \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
-    \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
-    \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
-    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
-  }
-\catcode`@=\other
-\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
-
-% @t, explicit typewriter.
-\def\t#1{%
-  {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
-  \null
-}
-
-% @samp.
-\def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
-
-% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes.
-\let\indicateurl=\samp
-
-% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same
-% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc.
-% This is a subroutine for that.
-\def\tclose#1{%
-  {%
-    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
-    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
-    %
-    % Switch to typewriter.
-    \tt
-    %
-    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
-    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
-    %
-    % Turn off hyphenation.
-    \nohyphenation
-    %
-    \rawbackslash
-    \plainfrenchspacing
-    #1%
-  }%
-  \null % reset spacefactor to 1000
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-%
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-%  -- rms.
-{
-  \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
-  \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
-  \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq  % default definitions
-  %
-  \global\def\code{\begingroup
-    \setupmarkupstyle{code}%
-    % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers.
-    \catcode\dashChar=\active  \catcode\underChar=\active
-    \ifallowcodebreaks
-     \let-\codedash
-     \let_\codeunder
-    \else
-     \let-\normaldash
-     \let_\realunder
-    \fi
-    \codex
-  }
-}
-
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-\def\normaldash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{%
-  % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work.  In math mode, _
-  % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
-  % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
-  % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
-  \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
-               \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
-             \else\normalunderscore \fi
-             \discretionary{}{}{}}%
-            {\_}%
-}
-
-% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
-% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is bad.
-% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at -
-% and _ on and off.
-%
-\newif\ifallowcodebreaks  \allowcodebreakstrue
-
-\def\keywordtrue{true}
-\def\keywordfalse{false}
-
-\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
-  \def\txiarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
-    \allowcodebreakstrue
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
-    \allowcodebreaksfalse
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary,
-% so use \code rather than \samp.
-\let\command=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\file=\code
-\let\option=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% (This \urefnobreak definition isn't used now, leaving it for a while
-% for comparison.)
-\def\urefnobreak#1{\dourefnobreak #1,,,\finish}
-\def\dourefnobreak#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
-  \unsepspaces
-  \pdfurl{#1}%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
-  \else
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-      \ifpdf
-        \unhbox0             % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
-      \else
-        \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% This \urefbreak definition is the active one.
-\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
-\let\uref=\urefbreak
-\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
-\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
-  \unsepspaces
-  \pdfurl{#1}%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
-  \else
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-      \ifpdf
-        \unhbox0             % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
-      \else
-        \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
-\def\urefcatcodes{%
-  \catcode\ampChar=\active   \catcode\dotChar=\active
-  \catcode\hashChar=\active  \catcode\questChar=\active
-  \catcode\slashChar=\active
-}
-{
-  \urefcatcodes
-  %
-  \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
-    \setupmarkupstyle{code}%
-    \urefcatcodes
-    \let&\urefcodeamp
-    \let.\urefcodedot
-    \let#\urefcodehash
-    \let?\urefcodequest
-    \let/\urefcodeslash
-    \codex
-  }
-  %
-  % By default, they are just regular characters.
-  \global\def&{\normalamp}
-  \global\def.{\normaldot}
-  \global\def#{\normalhash}
-  \global\def?{\normalquest}
-  \global\def/{\normalslash}
-}
-
-% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help
-% line breaking of long url's.  The unequal skips make look better in
-% cmtt at least, especially for dots.
-\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus.13em }
-\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus.1em }
-%
-\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
-{
-  \catcode`\/=\active
-  \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
-    \urefprestretch \slashChar
-    % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
-    % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
-    \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi
-  }
-}
-
-% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special
-% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so
-% allow that.  Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control.
-% 
-\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
-  \def\txiarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\txiarg\wordnone
-    \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
-    \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
-    \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak}
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\wordafter{after}
-\def\wordbefore{before}
-\def\wordnone{none}
-
-\urefbreakstyle after
-
-% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
-%
-\let\url=\uref
-
-% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdf
-  \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
-  \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
-    \unsepspaces
-    \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
-    \endlink
-  \endgroup}
-\else
-  \let\email=\uref
-\fi
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
-  \def\txiarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct'.
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}}
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{%
-  \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-  \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-  \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
-  \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
-}
-
-% definition of @key that produces a lozenge.  Doesn't adjust to text size.
-%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-%\font\keysy=cmsy9
-%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-%  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
-%    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-%     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
-%    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-%  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-
-% definition of @key with no lozenge.  If the current font is already
-% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle.  But
-% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt.
-%
-\def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}%
-  \nohyphenation
-  \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi
-  #1}\null}
-
-% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
-\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
-
-% @clickstyle @arrow   (by default)
-\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
-\def\click{\arrow}
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
-% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
-% all-uppercase.
-%
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-  {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
-  \def\temp{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-  \fi
-  \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
-}
-
-% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
-% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
-%
-\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
-\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-  {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
-  \def\temp{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-  \fi
-  \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
-}
-
-% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
-  \catcode`\_ = \active
-  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
-    \catcode`\_=\active
-    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
-  }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
-% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
-  \tex
-  \mathunderscore
-  \let\\ = \mathbackslash
-  \mathactive
-  % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
-  \let\"=\ddot
-  \let\'=\acute
-  \let\==\bar
-  \let\^=\hat
-  \let\`=\grave
-  \let\u=\breve
-  \let\v=\check
-  \let\~=\tilde
-  \let\dotaccent=\dot
-  $\finishmath
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
-  \catcode`^ = \active
-  \catcode`< = \active
-  \catcode`> = \active
-  \catcode`+ = \active
-  \catcode`' = \active
-  \gdef\mathactive{%
-    \let^ = \ptexhat
-    \let< = \ptexless
-    \let> = \ptexgtr
-    \let+ = \ptexplus
-    \let' = \ptexquoteright
-  }
-}
-
-% ctrl is no longer a Texinfo command, but leave this definition for fun.
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
-% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
-% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
-% 
-\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
-%
-\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
-  \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
-  \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
-}
-% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
-% setting catcodes prematurely.  Doing it this way means that, for
-% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
-% ignored.  But this isn't important because if people want a literal
-% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
-% well use a command to get a left brace too.  We could re-use the
-% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
-% 
-\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
-\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
-\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
-  \def\inlinerawname{#1}%
-  \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
-  \endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
-}
-
-
-\message{glyphs,}
-% and logos.
-
-% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
-\def\@{\char64 }
-\let\atchar=\@
-
-% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
-% Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do
-% not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math.
-\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}}
-\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{
-\let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\}
-\begingroup
-  % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
-  % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
-  \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
-  \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
-  \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
-  !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
-  !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
-  !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
-  !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \ptexc
-\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \ptext
-\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
-  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
-  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
-  L\kern-.36em
-  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
-   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
-     \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
-       % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
-       % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
-       \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
-     \else
-       % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
-       \selectfonts\lllsize A%
-     \fi
-     }%
-     \vss
-  }}%
-  \kern-.15em
-  \TeX
-}
-
-% Some math mode symbols.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
-\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
-\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
-% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
-% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em.  So do
-% whichever is larger.
-%
-\def\dots{%
-  \leavevmode
-  \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
-    \dimen0 = \wd0
-  \else
-    \dimen0 = 1.5em
-  \fi
-  \hbox to \dimen0{%
-    \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
-  }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
-  \dots
-  \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
-}
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
-   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
-   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
-   \vbox{%
-      \hrule height\dimen2
-      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
-         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
-         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
-      \hrule height\dimen2}
-    \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
-%
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
-% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
-% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
-% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
-% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
-%
-% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
-% that.  The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
-% font height.
-%
-% feymr - regular
-% feymo - slanted
-% feybr - bold
-% feybo - bold slanted
-%
-% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
-% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
-% Hmm.
-%
-% Also doesn't work in math.  Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
-% Hope not.
-%
-%
-\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
-\def\eurofont{%
-  % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
-  % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
-  % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
-  % font installed.
-  %
-  % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
-  % that to the current nominal size.
-  %
-  % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
-  % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
-  %
-  \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-  %
-  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
-    % bold:
-    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
-  \else
-    % regular:
-    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
-  \fi
-  \thiseurofont
-}
-
-% Glyphs from the EC fonts.  We don't use \let for the aliases, because
-% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
-% the redefinition.
-%
-% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
-\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
-\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
-\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
-\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
-%
-\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
-\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
-\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
-\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
-\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
-\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
-\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
-\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
-%
-% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
-% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases.  We put the
-% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
-% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
-%
-% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
-% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
-% the same EC font.
-\def\ogonek#1{{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
-  \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
-  \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
-  \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
-  \else
-    \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
-    \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
-    \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
-    \fi
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi
-  }%
-}
-\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
-\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
-\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
-\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
-%
-% Use the ec* fonts (cm-super in outline format) for non-CM glyphs.
-\def\ecfont{%
-  % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
-  % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
-  % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
-  % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
-  \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
-  \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-  \ifmonospace
-    % typewriter:
-    \font\thisecfont = ectt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-  \else
-    \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
-      % bold:
-      \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-    \else
-      % regular:
-      \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \thisecfont
-}
-
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
-  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
-               \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
-    }$%
-}
-
-% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
-%
-\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
-
-% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
-%  Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14)  (68K)  16 APR 2004 02:38
-% so we'll define it if necessary.
-%
-\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
-\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
-\fi
-
-% Quotes.
-\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
-\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
-\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
-\chardef\quoteright=`\'
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
-  \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
-  \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\envdef\titlepage{%
-  % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
-  \begingroup
-    \parindent=0pt \textfonts
-    % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
-    \vglue\titlepagetopglue
-    % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
-    \finishedtitlepagetrue
-    %
-    % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
-    % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
-    \let\oldpage = \page
-    \def\page{%
-      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	 \finishtitlepage
-      \fi
-      \let\page = \oldpage
-      \page
-      \null
-    }%
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
-    \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	\finishtitlepage
-    \fi
-    % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
-    % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
-    % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
-    % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
-    \oldpage
-  \endgroup
-  %
-  % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
-  % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
-  \HEADINGSon
-  %
-  % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
-  \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
-    \shortcontents
-    \contents
-    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-    \global\let\contents = \relax
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
-    \contents
-    \global\let\contents = \relax
-    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
-  \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
-  \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
-  \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
-% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right.  This should be used
-% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first.  Because
-% it is always used for titles, nothing else, we call \rmisbold.  \par
-% should be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
-% 
-\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
-  \rmisbold
-  \hyphenpenalty=10000
-  \parindent=0pt
-  \tolerance=5000
-  \ptexraggedright
-}
-
-% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-
-\parseargdef\title{%
-  \checkenv\titlepage
-  \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
-  % print a rule at the page bottom also.
-  \finishedtitlepagefalse
-  \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
-  \checkenv\titlepage
-  {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-%
-\parseargdef\author{%
-  \def\temp{\quotation}%
-  \ifx\thisenv\temp
-    \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
-  \else
-    \checkenv\titlepage
-    \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
-    {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
-                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
-                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-  \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
-  %
-  % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
-  % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
-  \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
-  \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-
-% @evenheadingmarks top     \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
-% @evenheadingmarks bottom  \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
-%
-% The same set of arguments for:
-%
-% @oddheadingmarks
-% @evenfootingmarks
-% @oddfootingmarks
-% @everyheadingmarks
-% @everyfootingmarks
-
-\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
-\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
-\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
-\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
-\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
-                          \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
-\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
-                          \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
-% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
-\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
-  \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
-}
-
-\everyheadingmarks bottom
-\everyfootingmarks bottom
-
-% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off         turns them off.
-% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
-  \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
-   \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
-\HEADINGSoff  % it's the default
-
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\thisisundefined
-\def\today{%
-  \number\day\space
-  \ifcase\month
-  \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
-  \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
-  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
-  \fi
-  \space\number\year}
-\fi
-
-% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
-% It generates no output of its own.
-\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
-  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
-  \itemindex{#1}%
-  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
-  %
-  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
-  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
-  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
-  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
-  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
-  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
-    %
-    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
-    % but leave it ragged-right.
-    \begingroup
-      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
-      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
-      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
-      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
-    \endgroup
-    %
-    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
-    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
-    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
-    %
-    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  However, if
-    % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
-    % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
-    % cause the example and the item to crash together.  So we use this
-    % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
-    % \parskip glue after all.  Section titles are handled this way also.
-    %
-    \penalty 10001
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
-  \else
-    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
-    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
-    \noindent
-    % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
-    % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
-    % eventually be printed.
-    \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
-    \dimen0 = \itemmax  \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
-    \unhbox0
-    \nobreak\kern\dimen0
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
-  \let\itemindex\gobble
-  \tablecheck{table}%
-}
-\envdef\ftable{%
-  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
-  \tablecheck{ftable}%
-}
-\envdef\vtable{%
-  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
-  \tablecheck{vtable}%
-}
-\def\tablecheck#1{%
-  \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
-    \endgroup
-    \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
-      that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-    \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
-  \else
-    \let\next\tablex
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
-  \def\itemindicate{#1}%
-  \parsearg\tabley
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\temp \endtablez
-}
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
-  \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
-  \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
-  \itemmax=\tableindent
-  \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
-  \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
-  \exdentamount=\tableindent
-  \parindent = 0pt
-  \parskip = \smallskipamount
-  \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-  \let\item = \internalBitem
-  \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
-}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
-\let\Eftable\Etable
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-
-\def\doitemize#1{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \itemmax=\itemindent
-  \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
-  \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
-  \exdentamount=\itemindent
-  \parindent=0pt
-  \parskip=\smallskipamount
-  \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-  %
-  % Try typesetting the item mark that if the document erroneously says
-  % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
-  % right away at the @itemize.  It's not the best error message in the
-  % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item.  This means if
-  % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
-  \def\itemcontents{#1}%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
-  %
-  % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
-  \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
-  %
-  \let\item=\itemizeitem
-}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
-%
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-  \advance\itemno by 1  % for enumerations
-  {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
-  {%
-   % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
-   % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
-   % done a \vskip-\parskip.  In that case, we don't want to zero
-   % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading.  On the
-   % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
-   % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
-   % space.  In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before.  At least
-   % that's the theory.
-   \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
-   \noindent
-   \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
-   %
-   \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
-  \flushcr
-}
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
-  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
-  \def\thearg{#1}%
-  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
-  %
-  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
-  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
-  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
-  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
-  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
-  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
-  \ifx\rest\empty
-    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
-    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
-    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
-    %   not equal to itself.
-    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
-    %
-    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
-    % continuing to look for a <number>.
-    %
-    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
-      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
-    \else
-      % It's a letter.
-      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
-        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
-      \else
-        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
-    \numericenumerate
-  \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \thearg
-  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}%
-    \fi
-    \char\lccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}
-    \fi
-    \char\uccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
-  \advance\itemno by -1
-  \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-%   @item ...
-%
-%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-%   columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item ...
-%   using the widest term desired in each column.
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
-% if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-%   @item
-%   first col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   second col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   third col
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
-%   @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-%                                                            to baseline.
-%   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-%
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
-% be just 1.  We just use it, whatever it is.
-%
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
-  \global\advance\colcount by 1
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
-  \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
-  \def\firstarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
-    \let\go = \relax
-  \else
-    \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
-      \global\setpercenttrue
-    \else
-      \ifsetpercent
-         \let\go\pickupwholefraction
-      \else
-         \global\advance\colcount by 1
-         \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
-                   % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
-         \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
-      % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
-      % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
-      \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
-    \else
-      \let\go = \setuptable
-    \fi%
-  \fi
-  \go
-}
-
-% multitable-only commands.
-%
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry.  \everycr resets \everytab so we don't have to
-% undo it ourselves.
-\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
-\def\headitem{%
-  \checkenv\multitable
-  \crcr
-  \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
-  \the\everytab % for the first item
-}%
-%
-% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
-% line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just `&' until
-% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve.
-%					--karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
-
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-%
-\newtoks\everytab  % insert after every tab.
-%
-\envdef\multitable{%
-  \vskip\parskip
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
-  % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
-  % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
-  % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
-  \def\item{\crcr}%
-  %
-  \tolerance=9500
-  \hbadness=9500
-  \setmultitablespacing
-  \parskip=\multitableparskip
-  \parindent=\multitableparindent
-  \overfullrule=0pt
-  \global\colcount=0
-  %
-  \everycr = {%
-    \noalign{%
-      \global\everytab={}%
-      \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
-      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
-      \checkinserts
-      % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-      %\filbreak
-	% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
-	% table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the
-	% problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
-    }%
-  }%
-  %
-  \parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
-  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
-  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
-  %
-  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
-  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
-  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
-  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-  \halign\bgroup &%
-    \global\advance\colcount by 1
-    \multistrut
-    \vtop{%
-      % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
-      \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
-      %
-      % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
-      % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
-      % the first one.
-      %
-      % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
-      % to the width of each template entry.
-      %
-      % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
-      % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
-      % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
-      % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
-      %
-      % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
-      \rightskip=0pt
-      \ifnum\colcount=1
-	% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
-	\advance\hsize by\leftskip
-      \else
-	\ifsetpercent \else
-	  % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-	  % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
-	  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
-	\fi
-       % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-      \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-      \fi
-      % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
-      % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
-      % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
-      % For example:
-      % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
-      % @item @code{#}
-      % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
-      % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
-      % marking characters.
-      \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
-    }\cr
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
-  \crcr
-  \egroup % end the \halign
-  \global\setpercentfalse
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{%
-  \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
-  %
-  % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
-  % \multitableparskip calculation.  We used define \multistrut based on
-  % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
-  % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
-\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-\fi
-% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-% table. If not, do nothing.
-%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      % than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      % than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
-
-
-\message{conditionals,}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
-% @ifnotxml always succeed.  They currently do nothing; we don't
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested.  But we
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
-% attempt to close an environment group.
-%
-\def\makecond#1{%
-  \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
-  \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
-}
-\makecond{iftex}
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
-
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
-%
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
-
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
-  % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
-  \obeylines
-  \catcode`\@ = \other
-  \catcode`\{ = \other
-  \catcode`\} = \other
-  %
-  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
-  \spaceisspace
-  %
-  % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
-  \doignorecount = 0
-  %
-  % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
-  \dodoignore{#1}%
-}
-
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
-  \obeylines %
-  %
-  \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
-    % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
-    %
-    % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
-    \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
-      \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
-    %
-    % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
-    % line.  (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
-    % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
-    \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
-    %
-    % And now expand that command.
-    \doignoretext ^^M%
-  }%
-}
-
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty			% Nothing found.
-    \let\next\doignoretextzzz
-  \else					% Found a nested condition, ...
-    \advance\doignorecount by 1
-    \let\next\doignoretextyyy		% ..., look for another.
-    % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
-  \fi
-  \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
-}
-
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-%
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
-  \ifnum\doignorecount = 0	% We have just found the outermost @end.
-    \let\next\enddoignore
-  \else				% Still inside a nested condition.
-    \advance\doignorecount by -1
-    \let\next\doignoretext      % Look for the next @end.
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-% Finish off ignored text.
-{ \obeylines%
-  % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
-  % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
-  % would result in a blank line in the output.
-  \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-}
-
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
-%
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \def\temp{#2}%
-    \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
-    \ifx\temp\empty
-      \next{}%
-    \else
-      \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
-    \fi
-  }%
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\parseargdef\clear{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
-  }%
-}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
-  \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
-  %
-  \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
-    \let\value = \expandablevalue
-    % We don't want these characters active, ...
-    \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
-    % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
-    % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
-    % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
-    \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore
-  }
-}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
-% the result winds up in the index file.  This means that if the
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    {[No value for ``#1'']}%
-    \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
-  \else
-    \csname SET#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
-%
-\makecond{ifset}
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \let\next=\empty
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
-      #1% If not set, redefine \next.
-    \fi
-    \expandafter
-  }\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
-%
-\makecond{ifclear}
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-
-% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
-% without the @) is in fact defined.  We can only feasibly check at the
-% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
-% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
-% 
-\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
-\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
-%
-\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \let\next=\empty
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
-      #1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
-    \fi
-    \expandafter
-  }\next
-}
-\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
-
-% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above.
-\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
-\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
-  \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
-\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
-
-% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
-% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
-\set txicommandconditionals
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory=\comment
-
-% @defininfoenclose.
-\let\definfoenclose=\comment
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
-\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
-  \iflinks
-    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
-  \fi
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
-    \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-%
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
-  \iflinks
-    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
-  \fi
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
-}
-
-
-% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
-% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
-
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
-% #3 the target index (bar).
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
-  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
-  % closing the target index.
-  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax
-    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-    \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
-  \fi
-  % redefine \fooindfile:
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
-  % redefine \fooindex:
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-%  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
-%
-\def\indexdummies{%
-  \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
-  \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
-  \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
-  %
-  % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy)
-  % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text.  Also, more
-  % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
-  % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-  % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.  Perhaps we
-  % should define @lbrace and @rbrace commands a la @comma.
-  \def\{{{\tt\char123}}%
-  \def\}{{\tt\char125}}%
-  %
-  % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
-  % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
-  % causes processing to be prematurely terminated.  This is,
-  % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
-  % is an expandable command.  The redefinition below makes \endinput
-  % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
-  % processing continues to some further point.  On the other hand, it
-  % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
-  % is still getting written without apparent harm.
-  %
-  % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
-  % help-texinfo, 22may06):
-  % @macro funindex {WORD}
-  % @findex xyz
-  % @end macro
-  % ...
-  % @funindex commtest
-  %
-  % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
-  %
-  % Sample whatsit resulting:
-  % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
-  %
-  % So:
-  \let\endinput = \empty
-  %
-  % Do the redefinitions.
-  \commondummies
-}
-
-% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character.  So we want to
-% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
-% \realbackslash, still used for index files).  When everything uses @,
-% this will be simpler.
-%
-\def\atdummies{%
-  \def\@{@@}%
-  \def\ {@ }%
-  \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
-  \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
-  %
-  % Do the redefinitions.
-  \commondummies
-  \otherbackslash
-}
-
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
-%
-\def\commondummies{%
-  %
-  % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
-  % preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control words,
-  % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
-  % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
-  % from whatever follows.
-  %
-  % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
-  % space.
-  %
-  % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
-  % those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
-  % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
-  %
-  \def\definedummyword  ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
-  \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
-  %
-  \commondummiesnofonts
-  %
-  \definedummyletter\_%
-  \definedummyletter\-%
-  %
-  % Non-English letters.
-  \definedummyword\AA
-  \definedummyword\AE
-  \definedummyword\DH
-  \definedummyword\L
-  \definedummyword\O
-  \definedummyword\OE
-  \definedummyword\TH
-  \definedummyword\aa
-  \definedummyword\ae
-  \definedummyword\dh
-  \definedummyword\exclamdown
-  \definedummyword\l
-  \definedummyword\o
-  \definedummyword\oe
-  \definedummyword\ordf
-  \definedummyword\ordm
-  \definedummyword\questiondown
-  \definedummyword\ss
-  \definedummyword\th
-  %
-  % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
-  \definedummyword\bf
-  \definedummyword\gtr
-  \definedummyword\hat
-  \definedummyword\less
-  \definedummyword\sf
-  \definedummyword\sl
-  \definedummyword\tclose
-  \definedummyword\tt
-  %
-  \definedummyword\LaTeX
-  \definedummyword\TeX
-  %
-  % Assorted special characters.
-  \definedummyword\arrow
-  \definedummyword\bullet
-  \definedummyword\comma
-  \definedummyword\copyright
-  \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
-  \definedummyword\dots
-  \definedummyword\enddots
-  \definedummyword\entrybreak
-  \definedummyword\equiv
-  \definedummyword\error
-  \definedummyword\euro
-  \definedummyword\expansion
-  \definedummyword\geq
-  \definedummyword\guillemetleft
-  \definedummyword\guillemetright
-  \definedummyword\guilsinglleft
-  \definedummyword\guilsinglright
-  \definedummyword\lbracechar
-  \definedummyword\leq
-  \definedummyword\minus
-  \definedummyword\ogonek
-  \definedummyword\pounds
-  \definedummyword\point
-  \definedummyword\print
-  \definedummyword\quotedblbase
-  \definedummyword\quotedblleft
-  \definedummyword\quotedblright
-  \definedummyword\quoteleft
-  \definedummyword\quoteright
-  \definedummyword\quotesinglbase
-  \definedummyword\rbracechar
-  \definedummyword\result
-  \definedummyword\textdegree
-  %
-  % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
-  \macrolist
-  %
-  \normalturnoffactive
-  %
-  % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
-  % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-  \makevalueexpandable
-}
-
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
-%
-\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
-  % Control letters and accents.
-  \definedummyletter\!%
-  \definedummyaccent\"%
-  \definedummyaccent\'%
-  \definedummyletter\*%
-  \definedummyaccent\,%
-  \definedummyletter\.%
-  \definedummyletter\/%
-  \definedummyletter\:%
-  \definedummyaccent\=%
-  \definedummyletter\?%
-  \definedummyaccent\^%
-  \definedummyaccent\`%
-  \definedummyaccent\~%
-  \definedummyword\u
-  \definedummyword\v
-  \definedummyword\H
-  \definedummyword\dotaccent
-  \definedummyword\ogonek
-  \definedummyword\ringaccent
-  \definedummyword\tieaccent
-  \definedummyword\ubaraccent
-  \definedummyword\udotaccent
-  \definedummyword\dotless
-  %
-  % Texinfo font commands.
-  \definedummyword\b
-  \definedummyword\i
-  \definedummyword\r
-  \definedummyword\sansserif
-  \definedummyword\sc
-  \definedummyword\slanted
-  \definedummyword\t
-  %
-  % Commands that take arguments.
-  \definedummyword\abbr
-  \definedummyword\acronym
-  \definedummyword\anchor
-  \definedummyword\cite
-  \definedummyword\code
-  \definedummyword\command
-  \definedummyword\dfn
-  \definedummyword\dmn
-  \definedummyword\email
-  \definedummyword\emph
-  \definedummyword\env
-  \definedummyword\file
-  \definedummyword\image
-  \definedummyword\indicateurl
-  \definedummyword\inforef
-  \definedummyword\kbd
-  \definedummyword\key
-  \definedummyword\math
-  \definedummyword\option
-  \definedummyword\pxref
-  \definedummyword\ref
-  \definedummyword\samp
-  \definedummyword\strong
-  \definedummyword\tie
-  \definedummyword\uref
-  \definedummyword\url
-  \definedummyword\var
-  \definedummyword\verb
-  \definedummyword\w
-  \definedummyword\xref
-}
-
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
-\def\indexnofonts{%
-  % Accent commands should become @asis.
-  \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
-  % We can just ignore other control letters.
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
-  % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
-  \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
-  %
-  \commondummiesnofonts
-  %
-  % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-  % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
-  % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
-  %\let\tt=\asis
-  %
-  \def\ { }%
-  \def\@{@}%
-  \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
-  \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
-  %
-  % Unfortunately, texindex is not prepared to handle braces in the
-  % content at all.  So for index sorting, we map @{ and @} to strings
-  % starting with |, since that ASCII character is between ASCII { and }.
-  \def\{{|a}%
-  \def\lbracechar{|a}%
-  %
-  \def\}{|b}%
-  \def\rbracechar{|b}%
-  %
-  % Non-English letters.
-  \def\AA{AA}%
-  \def\AE{AE}%
-  \def\DH{DZZ}%
-  \def\L{L}%
-  \def\OE{OE}%
-  \def\O{O}%
-  \def\TH{ZZZ}%
-  \def\aa{aa}%
-  \def\ae{ae}%
-  \def\dh{dzz}%
-  \def\exclamdown{!}%
-  \def\l{l}%
-  \def\oe{oe}%
-  \def\ordf{a}%
-  \def\ordm{o}%
-  \def\o{o}%
-  \def\questiondown{?}%
-  \def\ss{ss}%
-  \def\th{zzz}%
-  %
-  \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
-  \def\TeX{TeX}%
-  %
-  % Assorted special characters.
-  % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
-  \def\arrow{->}%
-  \def\bullet{bullet}%
-  \def\comma{,}%
-  \def\copyright{copyright}%
-  \def\dots{...}%
-  \def\enddots{...}%
-  \def\equiv{==}%
-  \def\error{error}%
-  \def\euro{euro}%
-  \def\expansion{==>}%
-  \def\geq{>=}%
-  \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
-  \def\guillemetright{>>}%
-  \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
-  \def\guilsinglright{>}%
-  \def\leq{<=}%
-  \def\minus{-}%
-  \def\point{.}%
-  \def\pounds{pounds}%
-  \def\print{-|}%
-  \def\quotedblbase{"}%
-  \def\quotedblleft{"}%
-  \def\quotedblright{"}%
-  \def\quoteleft{`}%
-  \def\quoteright{'}%
-  \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
-  \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
-  \def\result{=>}%
-  \def\textdegree{o}%
-  %
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax
-  \else \indexlquoteignore \fi
-  %
-  % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
-  % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
-  % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
-  % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
-  % that starts with \.
-  %
-  % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
-  % to take a single TeX argument.  The case of a macro invocation that
-  % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
-  %
-  \macrolist
-}
-
-% Undocumented (for FSFS 2nd ed.): @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us
-% ignore left quotes in the sort term.
-{\catcode`\`=\active
- \gdef\indexlquoteignore{\let`=\empty}}
-
-\let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
-
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
-  \iflinks
-  {%
-    % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
-    \toks0 = {#2}%
-    % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
-    \def\thirdarg{#3}%
-    \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
-    %
-    \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
-  }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
-%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
-  % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
-  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
-    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Remember, we are within a group.
-  \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-  \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
-      % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
-  %
-  % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
-  % get the string to sort by.
-  {\indexnofonts
-   \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
-   \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
-  % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
-  % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
-  % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
-  % sorted result.
-  \edef\temp{%
-    \write\writeto{%
-      \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
-  }%
-  \temp
-}
-
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that
-% sequences like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip.  \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip.  The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
-%
-\newskip\whatsitskip
-\newcount\whatsitpenalty
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
-  #1%
- \else
-  % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
-  \whatsitskip = \lastskip
-  \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
-  \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
-  %
-  % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
-  % skip.  And since a skip is discardable, that means this
-  % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
-  % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
-  % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
-  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-  \else
-    \vskip-\whatsitskip
-  \fi
-  %
-  #1%
-  %
-  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-    % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
-    % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.  In that case, we want
-    % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
-    % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
-    % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
-    %   @deffn deffn-whatever
-    %   @vindex index-whatever
-    %   Description.
-    % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
-    % and the "Description." paragraph.
-    \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
-  \else
-    % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
-    % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
-    % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
-    \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
-  \fi
-\fi}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-%  \initial {c}
-%     before the first topic whose initial is c
-%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
-%  \primary {topic}
-%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-%     for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
-  \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
-  %
-  \smallfonts \rm
-  \tolerance = 9500
-  \plainfrenchspacing
-  \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
-  %
-  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
-  % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
-  % \initial {@}
-  % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
-  % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
-  \catcode`\@ = 11
-  \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
-  \ifeof 1
-    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
-    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
-    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
-    % there is some text.
-    \putwordIndexNonexistent
-  \else
-    %
-    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
-    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
-    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
-    \read 1 to \temp
-    \ifeof 1
-      \putwordIndexIsEmpty
-    \else
-      % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
-      % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
-      % to make right now.
-      \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
-      \catcode`\\ = 0
-      \escapechar = `\\
-      \begindoublecolumns
-      \input \jobname.#1s
-      \enddoublecolumns
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-\def\initial#1{{%
-  % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
-  \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
-  %
-  % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
-  \removelastskip
-  %
-  % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
-  \nobreak
-  \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
-  \penalty 0
-  \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
-  %
-  % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
-  % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
-  % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
-  % we need before each entry, but it's better.
-  %
-  % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
-  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
-  \leftline{\secbf #1}%
-  % Do our best not to break after the initial.
-  \nobreak
-  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-}}
-
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
-% and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-%	\def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active.  This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-%                                 --kasal, 21nov03
-\def\entry{%
-  \begingroup
-    %
-    % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
-    % affect previous text.
-    \par
-    %
-    % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
-    \parfillskip = 0in
-    %
-    % No extra space above this paragraph.
-    \parskip = 0in
-    %
-    % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
-    \finalhyphendemerits = 0
-    %
-    % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
-    % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
-    % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
-    % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
-    % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
-    %
-    % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
-    % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
-    \hangindent = 2em
-    %
-    % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
-    % with blank space.
-    \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
-    %
-    % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
-    % columns.
-    \vskip 0pt plus1pt
-    %
-    % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
-    % from @* into spaces.  The user might give these in long section
-    % titles, for instance.
-    \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
-    \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}%
-    %
-    % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
-    \afterassignment\doentry
-    \let\temp =
-}
-\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
-\def\doentry{%
-    \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
-      \noindent
-      \aftergroup\finishentry
-      % And now comes the text of the entry.
-}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
-    % #1 is the page number.
-    %
-    % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
-    % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
-    % cursed by a Unix daemon.
-    \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
-    \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
-      \ %
-    \else
-      %
-      % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
-      % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
-      % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
-      \hfil\penalty50
-      \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
-      %
-      % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
-      % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
-      % \hbox ensues.
-      \ifpdf
-	\pdfgettoks#1.%
-	\ \the\toksA
-      \else
-	\ #1%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \par
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
-  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
-  \parfillskip=0in
-  \parskip=0in
-  \hangindent=1in
-  \hangafter=1
-  \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
-  \ifpdf
-    \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
-  \else
-    #2
-  \fi
-  \par
-}}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
-  % Grab any single-column material above us.
-  \output = {%
-    %
-    % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
-    % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
-    % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
-    % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off).  In
-    % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
-    % output routine.  Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
-    % runs and this will be a no-op.  See the indexspread.tex test case.
-    \ifvoid\partialpage \else
-      \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
-      % Unvbox the main output page.
-      \unvbox\PAGE
-      \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
-    }%
-  }%
-  \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
-  %
-  % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
-  \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
-  %
-  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
-  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
-  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
-  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
-  % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
-  %
-  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
-  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
-  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
-  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
-  % as it did when we hard-coded it.
-  %
-  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
-  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
-  % been clobbered.
-  %
-  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
-    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
-    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
-  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  %
-  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
-  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
-  \vsize = 2\vsize
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
-  \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-  % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
-  % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
-  % previous page.
-  \dimen@ = \vsize
-  \divide\dimen@ by 2
-  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
-  %
-  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
-  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
-  \onepageout\pagesofar
-  \unvbox255
-  \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
-\def\pagesofar{%
-  \unvbox\partialpage
-  %
-  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
-  \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-%
-% All done with double columns.
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
-  % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
-  % _before_ we change the output routine.  This is necessary in the
-  % following situation:
-  %
-  % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
-  % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
-  % break occurs before the last section starts.  However, the last
-  % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
-  % fit on the page and has to be broken off.  Without the following
-  % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
-  % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
-  % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
-  % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
-  % is wrong:  The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
-  % the broken-off section in the recent contributions.  As soon as
-  % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
-  % break.  The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
-  % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
-  % goal.  When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
-  % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
-  % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
-  % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
-  % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
-  %
-  % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
-  % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
-  \penalty0
-  %
-  \output = {%
-    % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
-    % current page, no automatic page break.
-    \balancecolumns
-    %
-    % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
-    % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
-    % invocation ends.  Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
-    % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
-    % definition right away.  (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
-    % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
-    % the output somewhat more palatable.)
-    \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
-  }%
-  \eject
-  \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
-  %
-  % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
-  % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
-  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
-  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
-  \pagegoal = \vsize
-}
-%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
-\def\balancecolumns{%
-  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
-  \dimen@ = \ht0
-  \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
-  \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
-  \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
-  %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
-  \splittopskip = \topskip
-  % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
-  {%
-    \vbadness = 10000
-    \loop
-      \global\setbox3 = \copy0
-      \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
-    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
-      \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
-    \repeat
-  }%
-  %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
-  \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
-  \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
-  %
-  \pagesofar
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Chapters, sections, etc.
-
-% Let's start with @part.
-\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
-\def\partzzz#1{%
-  \chapoddpage
-  \null
-  \vskip.3\vsize  % move it down on the page a bit
-  \begingroup
-    \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text
-    \let\lastnode=\empty      % no node to associate with
-    \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
-    \headingsoff              % no headline or footline on the part page
-    \chapoddpage
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron.  But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno        \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
-%
-% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
-\def\appendixletter{%
-  \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
-  % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
-  % expanded while writing the .toc file.  \char\appendixno is not
-  % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
-  % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
-  \else\char\the\appendixno
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
-% and name of the chapter.  Page headings and footings can use
-% these.  @section does likewise.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thischapternum{}
-\def\thischaptername{}
-\def\thissection{}
-\def\thissectionnum{}
-\def\thissectionname{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% we only have subsub.
-\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
-%
-% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
-% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
-\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
-%
-% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
-% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
-\def\chapheadtype{N}
-
-% Choose a heading macro
-% #1 is heading type
-% #2 is heading level
-% #3 is text for heading
-\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
-  % Compute the abs. sec. level:
-  \absseclevel=#2
-  \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
-  % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
-  \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
-    \absseclevel = 0
-  \else
-    \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
-      \absseclevel = 3
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  % The heading type:
-  \def\headtype{#1}%
-  \if \headtype U%
-    \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
-      \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Check for appendix sections:
-    \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
-      \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
-    \else
-      \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
-	\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
-      \fi\fi
-    \fi
-    % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
-    \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
-      \def\headtype{U}%
-    \else
-      \chardef\unnlevel = 3
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  % Now print the heading:
-  \if \headtype U%
-    \ifcase\absseclevel
-	\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
-    \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
-    \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
-    \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \if \headtype A%
-      \ifcase\absseclevel
-	  \appendixzzz{#3}%
-      \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
-      \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \ifcase\absseclevel
-	  \chapterzzz{#3}%
-      \or \seczzz{#3}%
-      \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% an interface:
-\def\numhead{\genhead N}
-\def\apphead{\genhead A}
-\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.  Increment top-level counter, reset
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-%
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
-% (e.g., figures), q.v.  By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
-  % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
-  % as an @include file.
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\chapno by 1
-  %
-  % Used for \float.
-  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
-  \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
-  \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
-  %
-  % Write the actual heading.
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
-  %
-  % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
-  \global\let\section = \numberedsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
-%
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\appendixno by 1
-  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
-  \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
-  \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
-  %
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
-  %
-  \global\let\section = \appendixsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
-  %
-  % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
-  \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-  % argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-  % expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
-  % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-  % to be executed, not expanded).
-  %
-  % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-  % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
-  % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-  % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
-  % the toc entries.)
-  \toks0 = {#1}%
-  \message{(\the\toks0)}%
-  %
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
-  %
-  \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
-  % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
-  % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
-  % Thus we are safer this way:		--kasal, 24feb04
-  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
-  \unnmhead0{#1}%
-  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
-
-% Sections.
-% 
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
-}
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-
-% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-% 
-% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
-                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
-                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-% 
-% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
-                 {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
-                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
-                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-\def\majorheading{%
-  {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-  \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
-}
-
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
-  \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
-  \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
-% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong.  But we don't
-% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
-\def\chapoddpage{%
-  \chappager
-  \ifodd\pageno \else
-    \begingroup
-      \headingsoff
-      \null
-      \chappager
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-% Chapter opening.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-%
-% To test against our argument.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-%
-\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
-  % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
-  \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
-  \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-  \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
-                        \gdef\thissection{}}%
-  %
-  \def\temptype{#2}%
-  \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-    \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
-                          \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
-  \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-    \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
-                          \gdef\thischapter{}}%
-  \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-    \toks0={#1}%
-    \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
-      % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
-      % commands in some of the translations.
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{}
-                                 \noexpand\thischapternum:
-                                 \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-    }%
-  \else
-    \toks0={#1}%
-    \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
-      % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
-      % commands in some of the translations.
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{}
-                                 \noexpand\thischapternum:
-                                 \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-    }%
-  \fi\fi\fi
-  %
-  % Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
-  % the preceding space.
-  \safewhatsit\domark
-  %
-  % Insert the chapter heading break.
-  \pchapsepmacro
-  %
-  % Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
-  % between here and the heading.
-  \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
-  \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-  \domark
-  %
-  {%
-    \chapfonts \rmisbold
-    %
-    % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
-    % xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
-    % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
-    \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-    %
-    % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
-    % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{unnchap}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
-      \def\toctype{omit}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{app}%
-    \else
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{numchap}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Write the toc entry for this chapter.  Must come before the
-    % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
-    % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
-    \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
-    %
-    % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
-    % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
-    % been typeset.  If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
-    % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
-    % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
-    \donoderef{#2}%
-    %
-    % Typeset the actual heading.
-    \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
-    \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
-          \unhbox0 #1\par}%
-  }%
-  \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
-  \nobreak
-}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerparameters{%
-  \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
-  \leftskip = \rightskip
-  \parfillskip = 0pt
-}
-
-
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff.  We'll see.  --karl, 11aug03.
-%
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-%
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-  \chapoddpage
-  \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
-  \nobreak\bigskip\nobreak
-}
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
-  \chapoddpage
-  \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings \hfill #1\hfill}%
-  \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
-}
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
-  \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-  \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
-% Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-
-
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
-%
-\def\seckeyword{sec}
-%
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
-  {%
-    \checkenv{}% should not be in an environment.
-    %
-    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
-    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold
-    %
-    \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
-    \def\temptype{#3}%
-    %
-    % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
-    \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-        \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
-                              \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
-      \fi
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      % Don't redefine \thissection.
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-        \toks0={#1}%
-        \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-          % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
-          % commands in some of the translations.
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
-                                     \noexpand\thissectionnum:
-                                     \noexpand\thissectionname}%
-        }%
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-        \toks0={#1}%
-        \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-          % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
-          % commands in some of the translations.
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
-                                     \noexpand\thissectionnum:
-                                     \noexpand\thissectionname}%
-        }%
-      \fi
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Go into vertical mode.  Usually we'll already be there, but we
-    % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
-    % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
-    \par
-    %
-    % Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
-    % the preceding space.
-    \safewhatsit\domark
-    %
-    % Insert space above the heading.
-    \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
-    %
-    % Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
-    % between here and the heading.
-    \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-    \domark
-    %
-    % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{unn}%
-      \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
-      % and don't redefine \lastsection.
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{omit}%
-      \let\sectionlevel=\empty
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{app}%
-      \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-    \else
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{num}%
-      \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef).  See comments in \chapmacro.
-    \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
-    %
-    % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
-    % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
-    \donoderef{#3}%
-    %
-    % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
-    % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
-    % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
-    % \writetocentry if there was no node).  We don't want to allow that
-    % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
-    % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong.  Debian bug 276000.
-    \nobreak
-    %
-    % Output the actual section heading.
-    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
-          \hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
-          \unhbox0 #1}%
-  }%
-  % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
-  % Don't allow stretch, though.
-  \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
-  %
-  % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
-  % was followed by glue.
-  \nobreak
-  %
-  % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
-  % glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
-  % discardable item.)  However, when a paragraph is not started next
-  % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
-  % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
-  % obscuring the section heading with something else.
-  \vskip-\parskip
-  %
-  % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
-  % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
-  % and do the needful.
-  \penalty 10001
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-% Table of contents.
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
-%
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
-% read this.  The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-%
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything.  This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
-%
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
-  \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
-  \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
-    \iftocfileopened\else
-      \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
-      \global\tocfileopenedtrue
-    \fi
-    %
-    \iflinks
-      {\atdummies
-       \edef\temp{%
-         \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-       \temp
-      }%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
-  % writing pdf.  These are used in the table of contents.  We can't
-  % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
-  % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
-  % two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
-  % `1', and two named `2'.
-  \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
-}
-
-
-% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
-% fonts, so we must take special care.  This is more or less redundant
-% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
-%
-\def\activecatcodes{%
-  \catcode`\"=\active
-  \catcode`\$=\active
-  \catcode`\<=\active
-  \catcode`\>=\active
-  \catcode`\\=\active
-  \catcode`\^=\active
-  \catcode`\_=\active
-  \catcode`\|=\active
-  \catcode`\~=\active
-}
-
-
-% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
-\def\readtocfile{%
-  \setupdatafile
-  \activecatcodes
-  \input \tocreadfilename
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
-  % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
-  % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
-  % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
-  % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
-  \contentsalignmacro
-  \immediate\closeout\tocfile
-  %
-  % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
-  % It is abundantly clear what they are.
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
-  %
-  \savepageno = \pageno
-  \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
-    \raggedbottom              % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
-    \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
-    %
-    % Roman numerals for page numbers.
-    \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
-}
-
-% redefined for the two-volume lispref.  We always output on
-% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
-%
-\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-%
-\def\contents{%
-  \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
-    \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \readtocfile
-    \fi
-    \vfill \eject
-    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \pdfmakeoutlines
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-  \endgroup
-  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-  \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
-  \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
-    %
-    \let\partentry = \shortpartentry
-    \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
-    \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
-    \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
-    % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
-    \secfonts
-    \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
-    \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
-    \rm
-    \hyphenpenalty = 10000
-    \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
-    \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
-    \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \readtocfile
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-    \vfill \eject
-    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-  \endgroup
-  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-  \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
-  % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
-  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
-  % But use \hss just in case.
-  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
-  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
-  %
-  % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
-  % with appendix letters.  And right-justifying numbers and
-  % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
-  % chapters.  Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
-  % there are before deciding ...
-  \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Parts, in the main contents.  Replace the part number, which doesn't
-% exist, with an empty box.  Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
-% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
-\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
-\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}}
-%
-% Parts, in the short toc.
-\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
-  \penalty-300
-  \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
-  \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
-}
-
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
-  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
-}
-
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-%
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
-  % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
-  \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
-%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-
-% Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
-   \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
-   \begingroup
-     \chapentryfonts
-     \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-   \endgroup
-   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
-\let\tocentry = \entry
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-% @foo ... @end foo.
-
-% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
-
-\envdef\tex{%
-  \setupmarkupstyle{tex}%
-  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
-  \catcode `\%=14
-  \catcode `\+=\other
-  \catcode `\"=\other
-  \catcode `\|=\other
-  \catcode `\<=\other
-  \catcode `\>=\other
-  \catcode`\`=\other
-  \catcode`\'=\other
-  \escapechar=`\\
-  %
-  % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000).  So reset it, and all our
-  % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
-  \mathactive
-  %
-  \let\b=\ptexb
-  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-  \let\c=\ptexc
-  \let\,=\ptexcomma
-  \let\.=\ptexdot
-  \let\dots=\ptexdots
-  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
-  \let\!=\ptexexclam
-  \let\i=\ptexi
-  \let\indent=\ptexindent
-  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
-  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
-  \let\+=\tabalign
-  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
-  \let\/=\ptexslash
-  \let\*=\ptexstar
-  \let\t=\ptext
-  \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop  % outer
-  \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
-  %
-  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
-  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
-  \def\@{@}%
-}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
-
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
-  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
-  % \sectionheading, q.v.
-  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
-    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-    \endgraf
-    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-      \removelastskip
-      % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
-      % or better ...
-      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
-      \vskip\envskipamount
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}}
-
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
-% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-        \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
-        \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-        \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
-        \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\envdef\cartouche{%
-  \ifhmode\par\fi  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
-  \startsavinginserts
-  \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
-  \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
-  \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
-  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
-  \cartouter=\hsize
-  \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt	% allow for 3pt kerns on either
-				% side, and for 6pt waste from
-				% each corner char, and rule thickness
-  \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-  % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  %
-  % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
-  % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
-  % collide with the section heading.
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
-  %
-  \vbox\bgroup
-      \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
-      \carttop
-      \hbox\bgroup
-	  \hskip\lskip
-	  \vrule\kern3pt
-	  \vbox\bgroup
-	      \kern3pt
-	      \hsize=\cartinner
-	      \baselineskip=\normbskip
-	      \lineskip=\normlskip
-	      \parskip=\normpskip
-	      \vskip -\parskip
-	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group.
-}
-\def\Ecartouche{%
-              \ifhmode\par\fi
-	      \kern3pt
-	  \egroup
-	  \kern3pt\vrule
-	  \hskip\rskip
-      \egroup
-      \cartbot
-  \egroup
-  \checkinserts
-}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\newdimen\nonfillparindent
-\def\nonfillstart{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
-  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
-  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
-  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
-  \parskip = 0pt
-  % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
-  % the normal \indent.
-  \nonfillparindent=\parindent
-  \parindent = 0pt
-  \let\indent\nonfillindent
-  %
-  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
-  \else
-    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-  \fi
-  \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-}
-
-\begingroup
-\obeyspaces
-% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
-% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
-% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
-% @indent.
-\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
-\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
-\ifx\temp %
-\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
-\else%
-\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
-\fi%
-}%
-\endgroup
-\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
-\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
-
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
-%    @example, @display, @format, @lisp
-%
-\def\smallword{small}
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
-  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
-    % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
-    % line.  This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
-    % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
-    % to change the fonts afterward.
-    \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
-    \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
-  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
-  \else
-    \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
-    \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \fi
-}
-
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it in one command.  #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
-\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
-  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-  \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-
-% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
-\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
-  \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
-  \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
-}
-%
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
-% @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}%
-  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
-  \gobble % eat return
-}
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{display}{%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{format}{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
-  \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
-% justification.  From plain.tex.
-\envdef\raggedright{%
-  \rightskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
-}
-\let\Eraggedright\par
-
-\envdef\raggedleft{%
-  \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em
-  \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
-  \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
-                  % badness reporting.
-}
-\let\Eraggedleft\par
-
-\envdef\raggedcenter{%
-  \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em
-  \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
-  \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
-                  % badness reporting.
-}
-\let\Eraggedcenter\par
-
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
-% we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
-%
-\def\quotationstart{%
-  \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too.
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
-  \fi
-  \parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Equotation{%
-  \par
-  \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
-    % indent a bit.
-    \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
-  \fi
-  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
-
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    {\bf #1: }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
-% has no optional argument.
-% 
-\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
-%
-\def\indentedblockstart{%
-  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
-  \parindent=0pt
-  %
-  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
-  \else
-    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Eindentedblock{%
-  \par
-  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock}
-
-
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too.  Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
-  \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
-  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
-  \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
-  % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
-  % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
-  % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
-  %\do\`\do\'%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
-  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^I=\active
-  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
-  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
-  \setupmarkupstyle{verb}%
-  \tabeightspaces
-  % Respect line breaks,
-  % print special symbols as themselves, and
-  % make each space count
-  % must do in this order:
-  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion.
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
-% tabs.  The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent,
-% or some other command that starts with a begin-group.  Otherwise, the
-% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before
-% it is typeset.  Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands
-% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself.
-\newbox\verbbox
-\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
-%
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^I=\active
-  \gdef\tabexpand{%
-    \catcode`\^^I=\active
-    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
-      \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
-      \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
-      \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
-      \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
-      \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox
-    }%
-  }
-\endgroup
-
-% start the verbatim environment.
-\def\setupverbatim{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-  % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines.  Otherwise, we would
-  % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode.
-  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}%
-  \tabexpand
-  \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}%
-  % Respect line breaks,
-  % print special symbols as themselves, and
-  % make each space count.
-  % Must do in this order:
-  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
-}
-
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
-  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\ =\active
-  \obeylines %
-  % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
-  % of the @verbatim input line itself.  Otherwise we get an extra blank
-  % line in the output.
-  \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
-  % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
-  % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
-    \setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \setupverbatim
-    \indexnofonts       % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
-    \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
-    \input #1
-    \afterenvbreak
-  }%
-}
-
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
-\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
-%
-\def\insertcopying{%
-  \begingroup
-    \parindent = 0pt  % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
-    \scanexp\copyingtext
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-\newcount\defunpenalty
-
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
-\def\startdefun{%
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
-    \medbreak
-    \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
-                        % following @def command, see below.
-  \else
-    % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
-    % which is there to keep the function description together with its
-    % header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
-    % break somewhere.  Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
-    % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
-    % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
-    % a break between a section heading and a defun.
-    %
-    % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
-    % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
-    % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
-    % @def command.
-    \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
-    %
-    % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
-    % But do insert the glue.
-    \medskip  % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
-  \fi
-  %
-  \parindent=0in
-  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
-
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
-  % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
-  \checkenv#1%
-  %
-  % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
-  % It's not a great place, though.
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
-  %
-  % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
-  \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
-}
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
-  \begingroup
-    % call \deffnheader:
-    #1#2 \endheader
-    % common ending:
-    \interlinepenalty = 10000
-    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
-    \endgraf
-    \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
-    \penalty\defunpenalty  % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
-    % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
-    % rendering the following check redundant.  But we don't optimize.
-    \checkparencounts
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
-
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
-%
-\def\makedefun#1{%
-  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
-  \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
-    \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
-  \temp
-}
-
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
-%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
-  \envdef#1{%
-    \startdefun
-    \doingtypefnfalse    % distinguish typed functions from all else
-    \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
-  }%
-  \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
-  \def#3%
-}
-
-\newif\ifdoingtypefn       % doing typed function?
-\newif\ifrettypeownline    % typeset return type on its own line?
-
-% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
-% are printed on their own line.  This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
-% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
-% 
-\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
-      = \empty
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
-      = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
-                must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Untyped functions:
-
-% @deffn category name args
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-
-% @deffn category class name args
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
-%
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
-  % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Typed functions:
-
-% @deftypefn category type name args
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
-%
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-  \doingtypefntrue
-  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Typed variables:
-
-% @deftypevr category type var args
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Untyped variables:
-
-% @defvr category var args
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-
-% @defcv category class var args
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-
-% Types:
-
-% @deftp category name args
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
-  \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
-  \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
-%
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
-%
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
-  \par
-  % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
-  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-  %
-  % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
-  % on a line by itself.
-  \rettypeownlinefalse
-  \ifdoingtypefn  % doing a typed function specifically?
-    % then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else
-      \rettypeownlinetrue
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % How we'll format the category name.  Putting it in brackets helps
-  % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
-  % just below it.
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
-  %
-  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.  We'll always have at
-  % least two.
-  \tempnum = 2
-  %
-  % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
-  % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
-  \dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
-  %
-  % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
-  \ifrettypeownline
-    \advance\tempnum by 1
-    \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
-  \else
-    \def\maybeshapeline{}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  % The continuations:
-  \dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
-  %
-  % The final paragraph shape:
-  \parshape \tempnum  0in \dimen0  \maybeshapeline  \defargsindent \dimen2
-  %
-  % Put the category name at the right margin.
-  \noindent
-  \hbox to 0pt{%
-    \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
-    % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
-    \kern\leftskip
-    % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
-  }%
-  %
-  % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
-  \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-  {%
-    % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
-    % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
-    % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
-    %   common to leave accents off identifiers.  The result looks ok in
-    %   tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
-    % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
-    % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
-    %   one has made identifiers using them :).
-    \df \tt
-    \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
-    \ifx\temp\empty\else
-      \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
-      \ifrettypeownline
-        % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
-        \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break  
-      \else
-        \space  % type on same line, so just followed by a space
-      \fi
-    \fi           % no return type
-    #3% output function name
-  }%
-  {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
-  %
-  \boldbrax
-  % arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name.  This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable.  Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{%
-  % use sl by default (not ttsl),
-  % tt for the names.
-  \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
-  %
-  % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
-  % want a way to get ttsl.  We used to recommend @var for that, so
-  % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter.
-  % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen
-  % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny.  @code also disables ?` !`.
-  \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}%
-  #1%
-  \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
-  \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
-  \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
-  \catcode`\&=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
-  \activeparens
-  \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-  \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-  \global\let& = \&
-
-  \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-  \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
-
-\def\parenfont{%
-  \ifampseen
-    % At the first level, print parens in roman,
-    % otherwise use the default font.
-    \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
-  \else
-    % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
-    % the contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ] .
-    \sf
-  \fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
-  \ifampseen
-    \ifnum\parencount=1
-      #1%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-
-\def\opnr{%
-  \global\advance\parencount by 1
-  {\parenfont(}%
-  \infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
-  {\parenfont)}%
-  \infirstlevel \sl
-  \global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
-  \global\advance\brackcount by 1
-  {\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
-  {\bf]}%
-  \global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-
-\def\checkparencounts{%
-  \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
-  \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
-% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
-\def\badparencount{%
-  \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
-  \global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
-  \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
-  \global\brackcount=0
-}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
-  \newwrite\macscribble
-  \def\scantokens#1{%
-    \toks0={#1}%
-    \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
-    \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
-    \immediate\closeout\macscribble
-    \input \jobname.tmp
-  }
-\fi
-
-\def\scanmacro#1{\begingroup
-  \newlinechar`\^^M
-  \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
-  %
-  % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-  % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
-  % backslash to get it printed correctly.  Previously, we had
-  % \catcode`\\=\other instead.  We'll see whether a problem appears
-  % with macro expansion.				--kasal, 19aug04
-  \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
-  %
-  % ... and for \example:
-  \spaceisspace
-  %
-  % The \empty here causes a following catcode 5 newline to be eaten as
-  % part of reading whitespace after a control sequence.  It does not
-  % eat a catcode 13 newline.  There's no good way to handle the two
-  % cases (untried: maybe e-TeX's \everyeof could help, though plain TeX
-  % would then have different behavior).  See the Macro Details node in
-  % the manual for the workaround we recommend for macros and
-  % line-oriented commands.
-  % 
-  \scantokens{#1\empty}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\scanexp#1{%
-  \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
-  \temp
-}
-
-\newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname    % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
-
-% List of all defined macros in the form
-%    \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
-% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
-% if there is a need.
-\def\macrolist{}
-
-% Add the macro to \macrolist
-\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
-\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
-     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
-     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
-}
-
-% Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
-%   \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
-% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
-%
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\let
-  \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
-  \csname#2\endcsname
-}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
-}
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
-% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
-%
-% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
-% them to avoid their expansion.  Must do this non-globally, to
-% confine the change to the current group.
-%
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-%
-\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
-  \catcode`\"=\other
-  \catcode`\+=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\@=\other
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
-}
-
-\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  \catcode`\^^M=\other
-}
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\{=\other
-  \catcode`\}=\other
-  \catcode`\^^M=\other
-  \usembodybackslash
-}
-
-\def\macroargctxt{% used when scanning invocations
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\\=0
-}
-% why catcode 0 for \ in the above?  To recognize \\ \{ \} as "escapes"
-% for the single characters \ { }.  Thus, we end up with the "commands"
-% that would be written @\ @{ @} in a Texinfo document.
-% 
-% We already have @{ and @}.  For @\, we define it here, and only for
-% this purpose, to produce a typewriter backslash (so, the @\ that we
-% define for @math can't be used with @macro calls):
-%
-\def\\{\normalbackslash}%
-% 
-% We would like to do this for \, too, since that is what makeinfo does.
-% But it is not possible, because Texinfo already has a command @, for a
-% cedilla accent.  Documents must use @comma{} instead.
-%
-% \anythingelse will almost certainly be an error of some kind.
-
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-%
-{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
- @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
- @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
-  \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
-  \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
-     \paramno=0\relax
-  \else
-     \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
-     \if\paramno>256\relax
-       \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
-         \errhelp = \EMsimple
-         \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
-       \fi
-     \fi
-  \fi
-  \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
-     \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
-  \else
-     \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
-     \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
-     \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
-     \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
-     \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
-  \fi
-  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
-  \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
-  \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
-  \fi}
-
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
-  \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
-    \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
-    \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
-    % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
-    \begingroup
-      \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
-      \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
-      \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
-    \endgroup
-  \else
-    \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro.  The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
-  \ifx #1\relax
-    % remove this
-  \else
-    \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-
-% For macro processing make @ a letter so that we can make Texinfo private macro names.
-\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode `@=11\relax
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list.  Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do.  Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH
-% in the params list to some hook where the argument si to be expanded.  If
-% there are less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
-% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
-% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.  
-%
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-%
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
-%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-%
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
-% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
-% processed again to replace the arguments.
-%
-% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
-% argument N value and then \edef  the body (nothing else will expand because of
-% the catcode regime underwhich the body was input).
-%
-% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
-% arguments, you need that no macro has more than 256 arguments, otherwise an
-% error is produced.
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
-  \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
-  \let\hash\relax
-  \let\xeatspaces\relax
-  \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
-  % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
-  % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
-  % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
-  % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
-  % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
-  % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
-  \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
-    \paramno0\relax
-    \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
-  \fi
-}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
-  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
-  \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
-    \advance\paramno by 1
-    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
-        {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
-    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
-  \fi\next}
-
-\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
-  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
-  \else 
-    \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
-    \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
-    \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
-       \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
-    % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
-    % don't want \the  to be expanded in the \parsermacbody  as it uses an
-    % \xdef .
-    \expandafter\edef\tempa
-      {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
-    \advance\paramno by 1\relax
-  \fi\next}
-
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-%
-
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\catcode `\@=11\relax
-
-\let\endargs@\relax
-\let\nil@\relax
-\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
-\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
-
-% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
-% definition.  It gets all the arguments values and assigns them to macros
-% macarg.ARGNAME
-%
-% #1 is the macro name
-% #2 is the list of argument names
-% #3 is the list of argument values
-\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
-  \def\macargdeflist@{}%
-  \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
-  \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
-  \def\macroname{#1}%
-  \begingroup
-  \macroargctxt
-  \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
-  \def\@tempa{#3}%
-  \ifx\@tempa\empty
-    \setemptyargvalues@
-  \else
-    \getargvals@@
-  \fi
-}
-
-% 
-\def\getargvals@@{%
-  \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
-      % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
-      \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
-      \else
-        \errhelp = \EMsimple
-        \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
-      \fi
-      \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
-  \else
-    \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
-       % No more arguments values passed to macro.  Set remaining named-arg
-       % macros to empty.
-       \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
-    \else
-      % pop current arg name into \@tempb
-      \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
-      \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
-       % pop current argument value into \@tempc
-      \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
-      \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
-       % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
-       % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
-       \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
-       \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
-       \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
-         \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
-       \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
-       \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
-       \let\next\getargvals@@
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-\def\push@#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
-  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
-  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
-  \expandafter#1#2}%
-}
-
-% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
-% in macro \@tempa
-\def\macvalstoargs@{%
-  %  To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
-  % within an \edef  expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
-  % values into respective token registers.
-  %
-  % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
-  \begingroup
-    \paramno0\relax
-    % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
-    % value into a new token list register \toks#N
-    \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
-    % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
-    % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
-    % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
-    \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
-    % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
-    % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
-    % group.
-    \expandafter
-  \endgroup
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
-  }
-
-\def\macargexpandinbody@{% 
-  %% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. 
-  \expandafter
-  \endgroup
-  \macargdeflist@
-  % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
-  % is in \@tempa .
-  \macvalstoargs@
-  % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
-  % with \@tempb .
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
-  % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
-  % \egroup .
-  \ifx\@tempb\gobble
-     \let\@tempc\relax
-  \else
-     \let\@tempc\egroup
-  \fi
-  % And now we do the real job:
-  \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
-  \@tempd
-}
-
-\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
-  \if#1;\let\next\relax
-  \else
-    \let\next\putargsintokens@
-    % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
-    % alias \@tempb .
-    \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
-    % Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
-    \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
-    \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
-    \advance\paramno by 1\relax
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-% Save the token stack pointer into macro #1
-\def\texisavetoksstackpoint#1{\edef#1{\the\@cclvi}}
-% Restore the token stack pointer from number in macro #1
-\def\texirestoretoksstackpoint#1{\expandafter\mathchardef\expandafter\@cclvi#1\relax}
-% newtoks that can be used non \outer .
-\def\texinonouternewtoks{\alloc@ 5\toks \toksdef \@cclvi}
-
-% Tailing missing arguments are set to empty
-\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
-  \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
-    \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
-  \else
-    \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
-    \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
-  \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
-  \def\paramlist{#2}%
-}
-
-% #1 is the element target macro
-% #2 is the list macro
-% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
-\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
-   \def#1{#3}%
-   \def#2{#4}%
-}
-\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
-   \long\def#1{#3}%
-   \long\def#2{#4}%
-}
-
-% This defines a Texinfo @macro. There are eight cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
-%
-\def\defmacro{%
-  \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
-  \ifrecursive
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-         \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \else
-      \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-           \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-           \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-            \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
-        \expandafter\expandafter
-        \expandafter\xdef
-        \expandafter\expandafter
-          \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-            \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-      \else % 10 or more
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-          \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
-        }%    
-        \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
-        \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-        \egroup
-        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \else % at most 9
-      \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-           \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-           \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-            \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
-        \expandafter\expandafter
-        \expandafter\xdef
-        \expandafter\expandafter
-        \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-        \paramlist{%
-            \egroup
-            \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-            \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-      \else % 10 or more:
-        \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-          \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
-        }%
-        \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
-        \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi}
-
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg).
-% 
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
-  \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
-    \expandafter\parsearg
-  \fi \macnamexxx}
-
-
-% @alias.
-% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign.  Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-%
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
-\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
-  {%
-    \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
-    \addtomacrolist{#1}%
-    \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
-  }%
-  \next
-}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-
-\newwrite\auxfile
-\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
-  \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
-  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references.  The @node line might or might not have commas, and
-% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
-% @node foo , bar , ...
-% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
-%
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
-%
-% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
-% @node Help-Cross,  ,  , Cross-refs
-\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\empty
-
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node.  #1 is the
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-%
-\def\donoderef#1{%
-  \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
-    \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
-    \global\let\lastnode=\empty
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\newcount\savesfregister
-%
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
-%                 or the anchor name.
-% 2) NAME-snt   - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
-%                 empty for anchors.
-% 3) NAME-pg    - the page number.
-%
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.  In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof   - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{%
-  \pdfmkdest{#1}%
-  \iflinks
-    {%
-      \atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
-      \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
-	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
-	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
-      }%
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
-      \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
-      \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
-      \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
-    }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
-% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
-% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
-% variable, now it's official.
-% 
-\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
-      = \empty
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword
-    \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
-      = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
-                must be on|off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% 
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-%
-\newbox\toprefbox
-\newbox\printedrefnamebox
-\newbox\infofilenamebox
-\newbox\printedmanualbox
-%
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
-  \unsepspaces
-  %
-  % Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
-  \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
-  %
-  \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
-  \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
-  %
-  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
-  \setbox\printedmanualbox  = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
-  %
-  % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
-  % the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
-  \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
-    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
-      % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
-      \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-    \else
-      % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
-      % the square brackets if we have it.
-      \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
-        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
-        \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-      \else
-        \ifhavexrefs
-          % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
-          \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
-        \else
-          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
-          \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-        \fi%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Make link in pdf output.
-  \ifpdf
-    {\indexnofonts
-     \turnoffactive
-     \makevalueexpandable
-     % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
-     % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.  This ignores all spaces in
-     % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
-     \getfilename{#4}%
-     %
-     % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
-     % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
-     \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
-     \ifx\pdfxrefdest\empty
-       \def\pdfxrefdest{Top}% no empty targets
-     \else
-       \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest  % escape PDF special chars
-     \fi
-     %
-     \leavevmode
-     \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-     \ifnum\filenamelength>0
-       goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
-     \else
-       goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
-     \fi
-    }%
-    \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
-  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  We distinguish them by the
-  % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
-  {%
-    % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
-    % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
-      \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
-  }%
-  \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
-    % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
-    % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
-    \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
-      \refx{#1-snt}{}%
-    \else
-      \printedrefname
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
-    % "in MANUALNAME".
-    \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
-      \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % node/anchor (non-float) references.
-    % 
-    % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
-    % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
-    % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
-    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
-    % this is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name
-    % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
-    % 
-    \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
-      % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
-      % 
-      \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
-    %
-    \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
-      % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
-      % printed manual name (arg 5).  This is essentially the same as
-      % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
-      % 
-      \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
-    %
-    \else
-      % Reference within this manual.
-      %
-      % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
-      % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
-      % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
-      % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
-      % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-      {\turnoffactive
-       % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
-       % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
-       \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
-       \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
-      }%
-      % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
-      \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
-      %
-      % But we always want a comma and a space:
-      ,\space
-      %
-      % output the `page 3'.
-      \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
-    \fi\fi
-  \fi
-  \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% Output a cross-manual xref to #1.  Used just above (twice).
-% 
-% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
-% missing or Top.  Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
-% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
-% 
-% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
-% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
-% the input.  By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
-% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
-% in a monospaced font).  Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
-% 
-% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
-% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
-% 
-\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
-  \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
-  \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
-  \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp  % nonempty?
-    \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else  % same as Top?
-      \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  #1%
-}
-
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
-% output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
-% one that Bob is working on :).
-%
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
-
-% Things referred to by \setref.
-%
-\def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-\def\Ynumbered{%
-  \ifnum\secno=0
-    \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
-  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
-  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-  \else
-    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\Yappendix{%
-  \ifnum\secno=0
-     \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
-  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-     \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
-  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-    \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-  \else
-    \putwordSection@tie
-      @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
-\def\refx#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \indexnofonts
-    \otherbackslash
-    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
-      \csname XR#1\endcsname
-  }%
-  \ifx\thisrefX\relax
-    % If not defined, say something at least.
-    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
-    \iflinks
-      \ifhavexrefs
-        {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
-         \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
-      \else
-        \ifwarnedxrefs\else
-          \global\warnedxrefstrue
-          \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
-        \fi
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % It's defined, so just use it.
-    \thisrefX
-  \fi
-  #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions).  But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
-  {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
-   % implementation are changed to commands like @'e.  Don't let these
-   % mess up the control sequence name.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
-  }%
-  %
-  \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
-  %
-  % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
-  \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
-    % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
-    \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
-      \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
-    %
-    % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
-    \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
-      \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
-    \else
-      % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
-    % for later use in \listoffloats.
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
-      {\safexrefname}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
-%
-\def\tryauxfile{%
-  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
-  \ifeof 1 \else
-    \readdatafile{aux}%
-    \global\havexrefstrue
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-}
-
-\def\setupdatafile{%
-  \catcode`\^^@=\other
-  \catcode`\^^A=\other
-  \catcode`\^^B=\other
-  \catcode`\^^C=\other
-  \catcode`\^^D=\other
-  \catcode`\^^E=\other
-  \catcode`\^^F=\other
-  \catcode`\^^G=\other
-  \catcode`\^^H=\other
-  \catcode`\^^K=\other
-  \catcode`\^^L=\other
-  \catcode`\^^N=\other
-  \catcode`\^^P=\other
-  \catcode`\^^Q=\other
-  \catcode`\^^R=\other
-  \catcode`\^^S=\other
-  \catcode`\^^T=\other
-  \catcode`\^^U=\other
-  \catcode`\^^V=\other
-  \catcode`\^^W=\other
-  \catcode`\^^X=\other
-  \catcode`\^^Z=\other
-  \catcode`\^^[=\other
-  \catcode`\^^\=\other
-  \catcode`\^^]=\other
-  \catcode`\^^^=\other
-  \catcode`\^^_=\other
-  % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
-  % in xref tags, i.e., node names.  But since ^^e4 notation isn't
-  % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable.  Furthermore,
-  % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
-  % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
-  % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
-  % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence.  It could
-  % all be worked out, but why?  Either we support ^^ or we don't.
-  %
-  % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
-  % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
-  % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
-  %
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  %
-  % Special characters.  Should be turned off anyway, but...
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \catcode`\[=\other
-  \catcode`\]=\other
-  \catcode`\"=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\$=\other
-  \catcode`\#=\other
-  \catcode`\&=\other
-  \catcode`\%=\other
-  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
-  %
-  % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
-  % characters end up in a \csname.  It's easier than
-  % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
-  % character.  What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
-  % of the xrdef.  Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
-  % should not typeset properly.  But it works, so I'm moving on for
-  % now.  --karl, 15jan04.
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  %
-  % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
-  {%
-    \count1=128
-    \def\loop{%
-      \catcode\count1=\other
-      \advance\count1 by 1
-      \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
-    }%
-  }%
-  %
-  % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
-  \catcode`\{=1
-  \catcode`\}=2
-  \catcode`\@=0
-}
-
-\def\readdatafile#1{%
-\begingroup
-  \setupdatafile
-  \input\jobname.#1
-\endgroup}
-
-
-\message{insertions,}
-% including footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
-  \let\indent=\ptexindent
-  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
-  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
-  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
-  %
-  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
-  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
-  \let\@sf\empty
-  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
-  %
-  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
-  \unskip
-  \thisfootno\@sf
-  \dofootnote
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
-  \insert\footins\bgroup
-  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
-  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
-  % So reset some parameters.
-  \hsize=\pagewidth
-  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
-  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
-  \floatingpenalty\@MM
-  \leftskip\z@skip
-  \rightskip\z@skip
-  \spaceskip\z@skip
-  \xspaceskip\z@skip
-  \parindent\defaultparindent
-  %
-  \smallfonts \rm
-  %
-  % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
-  % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op.  makeinfo does not use
-  % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
-  % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
-  \let\noindent = \relax
-  %
-  % Hang the footnote text off the number.  Use \everypar in case the
-  % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
-  \everypar = {\hang}%
-  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
-  %
-  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
-  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
-  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
-  \footstrut
-  %
-  % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
-  \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
-% would be lost.
-% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
-
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
-% out prematurely.
-%
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
-  \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
-    \let\insert\saveinsert
-  \else
-    \let\checkinserts\relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
-%
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
-  \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
-  \afterassignment\next
-  % swallow the left brace
-  \let\temp =
-}
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
-
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
-
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
-  \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
-    {\box#1}%
-}
-
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
-{
-  \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials  %  ;-)
-  \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
-}
-
-% initialization:
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
-  \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
-  \next
-}
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
-  \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
-    \checksaveins #1}%
-}
-
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
-
-
-% @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
-  % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
-  % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
-  \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
-  \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-%
-% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
-  work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
-  it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
-%
-\def\image#1{%
-  \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
-    \ifwarnednoepsf \else
-      \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
-      \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
-      \global\warnednoepsftrue
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
-  \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
-  \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
-  % If the image is by itself, center it.
-  \ifvmode
-    \imagevmodetrue
-  \else \ifx\centersub\centerV
-    % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space
-    \imagevmodetrue
-    \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev
-  \fi\fi
-  %
-  \ifimagevmode
-    \nobreak\medskip
-    % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
-    % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
-    % above and below.
-    \nobreak\vskip\parskip
-    \nobreak
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
-  %  environment such as @quotation is respected.
-  % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
-  %  normal paragraph indentation.
-  % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't
-  %  want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and
-  %  eradicate the centering.
-  \ifx\centersub\centerV\else \noindent \fi
-  %
-  % Output the image.
-  \ifpdf
-    \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \else
-    % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
-    \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifimagevmode
-    \medskip  % space after a standalone image
-  \fi  
-  \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
-% etc.  We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
-% float "here".  But it seemed the best name for the future.
-%
-\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
-
-% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
-\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
-
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc.  Can't contain commas.  If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
-% #2 is the optional xref label.  Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-%
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored.  It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
-  \let\thiscaption=\empty
-  \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
-  %
-  % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
-  %
-  % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
-  % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
-  %
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
-  \par
-  %
-  \vtop\bgroup
-    \def\floattype{#1}%
-    \def\floatlabel{#2}%
-    \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
-    %
-    \ifx\floattype\empty
-      \let\safefloattype=\empty
-    \else
-      {%
-        % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-        % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-        \indexnofonts
-        \turnoffactive
-        \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
-      % Table 1, Figure 2, ...).  (And if no label, no number.)
-      %
-      \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
-      \global\advance\floatno by 1
-      %
-      {%
-        % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
-        % XREFLABEL-title value.  \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
-        % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
-        % node and anchor labels.  And \xrdef uses it to construct the
-        % lists of floats.
-        %
-        \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
-        \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
-    \vskip\parskip
-    %
-    % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption:    Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}:     Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption:        Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}:     1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption:       1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}:         Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
-    \let\floatident = \empty
-    %
-    % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
-    \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
-    %
-    % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
-        \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
-      \fi
-      % the number.
-      \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
-    % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
-    \let\captionline = \floatident
-    %
-    \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
-      \ifx\floatident\empty \else
-	\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
-      \fi
-      %
-      % caption text.
-      \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
-    % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
-    \ifx\captionline\empty \else
-      \vskip.5\parskip
-      \captionline
-      %
-      % Space below caption.
-      \vskip\parskip
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info.  Do this
-    % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
-      % \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
-      % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
-      {%
-        \atdummies
-        %
-        % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
-        % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
-        % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
-	\scanexp{%
-	  \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
-	    \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
-	      \thiscaption
-	    \else
-	      \thisshortcaption
-	    \fi
-	  }%
-	}%
-        \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
-	  \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-  \egroup  % end of \vtop
-  %
-  % place the captured inserts
-  %
-  % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
-  % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
-  % float. --kasal, 26may04
-  %
-  \checkinserts
-}
-
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-%
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
-}
-
-% @caption, @shortcaption
-%
-\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
-\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
-\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
-\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
-
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use.  Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
-  \ifx#1\relax
-      % Haven't seen this figure type before.
-      \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
-      %
-      % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
-      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
-        \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
-  \fi
-  \let\floatno#1%
-}
-
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value.  We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1".  We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref.  That is, the magic
-% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
-%
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string.  If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float.  We set \iffloattype to #2.
-%
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \def\iffloattype{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-%
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
-  \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
-  {%
-    % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-    % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
-    \ifhavexrefs
-      % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
-      \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \begingroup
-      \leftskip=\tocindent  % indent these entries like a toc
-      \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
-      \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats.  We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file.  We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-%
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-%
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
-  % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything.  Just
-  % pass the control sequence.  On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
-  % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
-  % in pdf output.
-  \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
-  %
-  % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
-  \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
-  \writeentry
-}}
-
-
-\message{localization,}
-
-% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
-% early, just after @documentencoding.  Single argument is the language
-% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
-%
-{
-  \catcode`\_ = \active
-  \globaldefs=1
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
-  \let_=\normalunderscore  % normal _ character for filenames
-  \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
-    % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
-    \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-    \ifeof 1
-      \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
-    \else
-      \globaldefs = 1  % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
-      \input txi-#1.tex
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-  \endgroup % end raw TeX
-\endgroup}
-%
-% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
-% try txi-de.tex.
-%
-\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
-  \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-  \ifeof 1
-    \errhelp = \nolanghelp
-    \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
-  \else
-    \globaldefs = 1  % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
-    \input txi-#1.tex
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-}
-}% end of special _ catcode
-%
-\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  Putting it in the current
-directory should work if nowhere else does.}
-
-% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
-% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
-% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
-%
-% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
-% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
-% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
-%
-% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
-% available languages.  This means we can support hyphenation in
-% Texinfo, at least to some extent.  (This still doesn't solve the
-% accented characters problem.)
-%
-\catcode`@=11
-\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
-  % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
-    \message{no patterns for #1}%
-  \else
-    \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-  % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
-  \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
-  \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
-}
-
-% Helpers for encodings.
-% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
-%
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
-   \count255=128
-   \loop\ifnum\count255<256
-      \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
-      \advance\count255 by 1
-   \repeat
-}
-
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
-   \count255=128
-   \loop\ifnum\count255<256
-      \catcode\count255=#1\relax
-      \advance\count255 by 1
-   \repeat
-}
-
-% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
-% according to the specified encoding.
-%
-\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
-  % Encoding being declared for the document.
-  \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
-  %
-  % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
-  % to compare them with \ifx.
-  \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
-  \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
-  \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
-  \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
-  \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
-  %
-  \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
-     \asciichardefs
-  %
-  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
-     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-     \lattwochardefs
-  %
-  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
-     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-     \latonechardefs
-  %
-  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
-     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-     \latninechardefs
-  %
-  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
-     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-     \utfeightchardefs
-  %
-  \else
-    \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
-  %
-  \fi % utfeight
-  \fi % latnine
-  \fi % latone
-  \fi % lattwo
-  \fi % ascii
-}
-
-% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
-% the default font encoding (OT1).
-%
-\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
-
-% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
-\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
-
-% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
-% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
-% macros containing the character definitions.
-\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-%
-% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
-\def\latonechardefs{%
-  \gdef^^a0{\tie}
-  \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
-  \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
-  \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
-  \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
-  \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
-  \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}}
-  \gdef^^a7{\S}
-  \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
-  \gdef^^a9{\copyright}
-  \gdef^^aa{\ordf}
-  \gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft}
-  \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
-  \gdef^^ad{\-}
-  \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
-  \gdef^^af{\={}}
-  %
-  \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
-  \gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
-  \gdef^^b2{$^2$}
-  \gdef^^b3{$^3$}
-  \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
-  \gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
-  \gdef^^b6{\P}
-  %
-  \gdef^^b7{$^.$}
-  \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-  \gdef^^b9{$^1$}
-  \gdef^^ba{\ordm}
-  %
-  \gdef^^bb{\guillemetright}
-  \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
-  \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
-  \gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
-  \gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
-  %
-  \gdef^^c0{\`A}
-  \gdef^^c1{\'A}
-  \gdef^^c2{\^A}
-  \gdef^^c3{\~A}
-  \gdef^^c4{\"A}
-  \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A}
-  \gdef^^c6{\AE}
-  \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
-  \gdef^^c8{\`E}
-  \gdef^^c9{\'E}
-  \gdef^^ca{\^E}
-  \gdef^^cb{\"E}
-  \gdef^^cc{\`I}
-  \gdef^^cd{\'I}
-  \gdef^^ce{\^I}
-  \gdef^^cf{\"I}
-  %
-  \gdef^^d0{\DH}
-  \gdef^^d1{\~N}
-  \gdef^^d2{\`O}
-  \gdef^^d3{\'O}
-  \gdef^^d4{\^O}
-  \gdef^^d5{\~O}
-  \gdef^^d6{\"O}
-  \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
-  \gdef^^d8{\O}
-  \gdef^^d9{\`U}
-  \gdef^^da{\'U}
-  \gdef^^db{\^U}
-  \gdef^^dc{\"U}
-  \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
-  \gdef^^de{\TH}
-  \gdef^^df{\ss}
-  %
-  \gdef^^e0{\`a}
-  \gdef^^e1{\'a}
-  \gdef^^e2{\^a}
-  \gdef^^e3{\~a}
-  \gdef^^e4{\"a}
-  \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
-  \gdef^^e6{\ae}
-  \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
-  \gdef^^e8{\`e}
-  \gdef^^e9{\'e}
-  \gdef^^ea{\^e}
-  \gdef^^eb{\"e}
-  \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
-  \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
-  \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
-  \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
-  %
-  \gdef^^f0{\dh}
-  \gdef^^f1{\~n}
-  \gdef^^f2{\`o}
-  \gdef^^f3{\'o}
-  \gdef^^f4{\^o}
-  \gdef^^f5{\~o}
-  \gdef^^f6{\"o}
-  \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
-  \gdef^^f8{\o}
-  \gdef^^f9{\`u}
-  \gdef^^fa{\'u}
-  \gdef^^fb{\^u}
-  \gdef^^fc{\"u}
-  \gdef^^fd{\'y}
-  \gdef^^fe{\th}
-  \gdef^^ff{\"y}
-}
-
-% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
-\def\latninechardefs{%
-  % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
-  \latonechardefs
-  %
-  \gdef^^a4{\euro}
-  \gdef^^a6{\v S}
-  \gdef^^a8{\v s}
-  \gdef^^b4{\v Z}
-  \gdef^^b8{\v z}
-  \gdef^^bc{\OE}
-  \gdef^^bd{\oe}
-  \gdef^^be{\"Y}
-}
-
-% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
-\def\lattwochardefs{%
-  \gdef^^a0{\tie}
-  \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
-  \gdef^^a2{\u{}}
-  \gdef^^a3{\L}
-  \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
-  \gdef^^a5{\v L}
-  \gdef^^a6{\'S}
-  \gdef^^a7{\S}
-  \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
-  \gdef^^a9{\v S}
-  \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
-  \gdef^^ab{\v T}
-  \gdef^^ac{\'Z}
-  \gdef^^ad{\-}
-  \gdef^^ae{\v Z}
-  \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
-  %
-  \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
-  \gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
-  \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
-  \gdef^^b3{\l}
-  \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
-  \gdef^^b5{\v l}
-  \gdef^^b6{\'s}
-  \gdef^^b7{\v{}}
-  \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-  \gdef^^b9{\v s}
-  \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
-  \gdef^^bb{\v t}
-  \gdef^^bc{\'z}
-  \gdef^^bd{\H{}}
-  \gdef^^be{\v z}
-  \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
-  %
-  \gdef^^c0{\'R}
-  \gdef^^c1{\'A}
-  \gdef^^c2{\^A}
-  \gdef^^c3{\u A}
-  \gdef^^c4{\"A}
-  \gdef^^c5{\'L}
-  \gdef^^c6{\'C}
-  \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
-  \gdef^^c8{\v C}
-  \gdef^^c9{\'E}
-  \gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
-  \gdef^^cb{\"E}
-  \gdef^^cc{\v E}
-  \gdef^^cd{\'I}
-  \gdef^^ce{\^I}
-  \gdef^^cf{\v D}
-  %
-  \gdef^^d0{\DH}
-  \gdef^^d1{\'N}
-  \gdef^^d2{\v N}
-  \gdef^^d3{\'O}
-  \gdef^^d4{\^O}
-  \gdef^^d5{\H O}
-  \gdef^^d6{\"O}
-  \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
-  \gdef^^d8{\v R}
-  \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U}
-  \gdef^^da{\'U}
-  \gdef^^db{\H U}
-  \gdef^^dc{\"U}
-  \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
-  \gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
-  \gdef^^df{\ss}
-  %
-  \gdef^^e0{\'r}
-  \gdef^^e1{\'a}
-  \gdef^^e2{\^a}
-  \gdef^^e3{\u a}
-  \gdef^^e4{\"a}
-  \gdef^^e5{\'l}
-  \gdef^^e6{\'c}
-  \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
-  \gdef^^e8{\v c}
-  \gdef^^e9{\'e}
-  \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
-  \gdef^^eb{\"e}
-  \gdef^^ec{\v e}
-  \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
-  \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
-  \gdef^^ef{\v d}
-  %
-  \gdef^^f0{\dh}
-  \gdef^^f1{\'n}
-  \gdef^^f2{\v n}
-  \gdef^^f3{\'o}
-  \gdef^^f4{\^o}
-  \gdef^^f5{\H o}
-  \gdef^^f6{\"o}
-  \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
-  \gdef^^f8{\v r}
-  \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
-  \gdef^^fa{\'u}
-  \gdef^^fb{\H u}
-  \gdef^^fc{\"u}
-  \gdef^^fd{\'y}
-  \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
-  \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
-}
-
-% UTF-8 character definitions.
-%
-% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
-% changes for Texinfo conventions.  It is included here under the GPL by
-% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
-%
-\newcount\countUTFx
-\newcount\countUTFy
-\newcount\countUTFz
-
-\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
-   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
-   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
-   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
-
-\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
-  \ifx #1\relax
-    \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
-  \else
-    \expandafter #1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\~13
-  \catcode`\"12
-
-  \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
-    \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
-    \uccode`\~\countUTFx
-    \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
-    \advance\countUTFx by 1
-    \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
-      \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
-    \fi}
-
-  \countUTFx = "C2
-  \countUTFy = "E0
-  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
-  \UTFviiiLoop
-
-  \countUTFx = "E0
-  \countUTFy = "F0
-  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
-  \UTFviiiLoop
-
-  \countUTFx = "F0
-  \countUTFy = "F4
-  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
-  \UTFviiiLoop
-\endgroup
-
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\"=12
-  \catcode`\<=12
-  \catcode`\.=12
-  \catcode`\,=12
-  \catcode`\;=12
-  \catcode`\!=12
-  \catcode`\~=13
-
-  \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
-    \countUTFz = "#1\relax
-    %\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
-    \begingroup
-      \parseXMLCharref
-      \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
-        \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
-      \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
-        \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
-      \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
-        \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-       \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-       \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
-    \endgroup}
-
-  \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
-    \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
-      \errhelp = \EMsimple
-      \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
-    \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
-      \parseUTFviiiA,%
-      \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
-    \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
-      \parseUTFviiiA;%
-      \parseUTFviiiA,%
-      \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
-    \else
-      \parseUTFviiiA;%
-      \parseUTFviiiA,%
-      \parseUTFviiiA!%
-      \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-  }
-
-  \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
-    \countUTFx = \countUTFz
-    \divide\countUTFz by 64
-    \countUTFy = \countUTFz
-    \multiply\countUTFz by 64
-    \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
-    \advance\countUTFx by 128
-    \uccode `#1\countUTFx
-    \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
-
-  \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
-    \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
-    \uccode `#3\countUTFz
-    \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
-\endgroup
-
-\def\utfeightchardefs{%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
-}% end of \utfeightchardefs
-
-
-% US-ASCII character definitions.
-\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
-   \relax
-}
-
-% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
-% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
-% document encoding.
-%
-\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
-
-
-\message{formatting,}
-
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 6666
-
-% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize.  We call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
-  \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
-    % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
-    \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
-  \else
-    \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
-% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
-% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
-%
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
-% \textleading.  The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
-  \voffset = #3\relax
-  \topskip = #6\relax
-  \splittopskip = \topskip
-  %
-  \vsize = #1\relax
-  \advance\vsize by \topskip
-  \outervsize = \vsize
-  \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
-  \pageheight = \vsize
-  %
-  \hsize = #2\relax
-  \outerhsize = \hsize
-  \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
-  \pagewidth = \hsize
-  %
-  \normaloffset = #4\relax
-  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
-  %
-  \ifpdf
-    \pdfpageheight #7\relax
-    \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
-    % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
-    % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
-    \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
-    \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
-  \fi
-  %
-  \setleading{\textleading}
-  %
-  \parindent = \defaultparindent
-  \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \textleading = 13.2pt
-  %
-  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
-  \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
-                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
-                    {11in}{8.5in}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
-  \textleading = 12pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
-                    {-.2in}{0in}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
-                    {9.25in}{7in}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = .5cm
-}}
-
-% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
-% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
-\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
-  \textleading = 12pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
-                    {-.2in}{-.4in}%
-                    {0pt}{14pt}%
-                    {9in}{6in}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = .4cm
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \textleading = 13.2pt
-  %
-  % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
-  % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
-  % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
-  % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align.  Then
-  % do the same for \bindingoffset.  You can set these for testing in
-  % your texinfo source file like this:
-  % @tex
-  % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
-  % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
-  % @end tex
-  \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
-                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  %
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
-  \textleading = 12.5pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
-                    {210mm}{148mm}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
-  \tolerance = 800
-  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = 2mm
-  \tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  %
-  % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
-  \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
-  \globaldefs = 1
-  %
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \setleading{\textleading}%
-  %
-  \dimen0 = #1\relax
-  \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
-  %
-  \dimen2 = \hsize
-  \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
-                    {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-                    {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
-
-% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
-\catcode`\^^? = 14
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
-\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
-\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
-\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
-\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
-\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Same as above, but check for italic font.  Actually this also catches
-% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
-% italic fonts.  But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
-% this is not a problem.
-\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\let\realunder=_
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
-% parsing them.
-\def\turnoffactive{%
-  \normalturnoffactive
-  \otherbackslash
-}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
-% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont  % let existing .??s files work
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
-% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
-
-% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
-% in fixed width font.
-\catcode`\\=\active  % @ for escape char from now on.
-
-% The story here is that in math mode, the \char of \backslashcurfont
-% ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol font (because \char
-% in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex sets
-% \mathcode`\\="026E).  It seems better for @backslashchar{} to always
-% print a typewriter backslash, hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
-% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
-% ignored family value; char position "5C).  We can't use " for the
-% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
-@def@normalbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
-@let@backslashchar = @normalbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
-
-% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
-%  @let \ = @normalbackslash
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.  We switch back and forth between these.
-@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
-@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'.  Also revert - to its normal character, in
-% case the active - from code has slipped in.
-%
-{@catcode`- = @active
- @gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
-   @let-=@normaldash
-   @let"=@normaldoublequote
-   @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
-   @let+=@normalplus
-   @let<=@normalless
-   @let>=@normalgreater
-   @let\=@normalbackslash
-   @let^=@normalcaret
-   @let_=@normalunderscore
-   @let|=@normalverticalbar
-   @let~=@normaltilde
-   @markupsetuplqdefault
-   @markupsetuprqdefault
-   @unsepspaces
- }
-}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-@otherifyactive
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-@global@let\ = @eatinput
-
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
-@gdef@fixbackslash{%
-  @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
-  @catcode`+=@active
-  @catcode`@_=@active
-}
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-@escapechar = `@@
-
-% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need
-% active definitions as the normal characters.
-@def@normaldot{.}
-@def@normalquest{?}
-@def@normalslash{/}
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
-@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
-@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
-@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
-
-@let @hashchar = @normalhash
-
-@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
-@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}.  If we
-@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
-@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
-@catcode`@'=@active
-@catcode`@`=@active
-@markupsetuplqdefault
-@markupsetuprqdefault
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
-@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-@c time-stamp-end: "}"
-@c End:
-
-@c vim:sw=2:
-
-@ignore
-   arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
-- 
cgit v1.2.3

